summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/6711-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:28:02 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:28:02 -0700
commit75fc640e528fb080a02c65031e9ac20a3016c419 (patch)
tree536dc0b195bf263223fbe9d644176b92fb758609 /6711-h
initial commit of ebook 6711HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '6711-h')
-rw-r--r--6711-h/6711-h.htm8159
1 files changed, 8159 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/6711-h/6711-h.htm b/6711-h/6711-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb766ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6711-h/6711-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8159 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>Philip Dru: Administrator</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+body {margin:5%; text-align:justify}
+blockquote {font-size:14pt}
+P {font-size:14pt}
+-->
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Philip Dru: Administrator, by Edward Mandell House
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
+the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
+to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
+
+Title: Philip Dru: Administrator
+
+Author: Edward Mandell House
+
+Posting Date: October 12, 2014 [EBook #6711]
+Release Date: October, 2004
+First Posted: January 17, 2003
+Last Updated: July 17, 2006
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHILIP DRU: ADMINISTRATOR ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Curtis A. Weyant, David Maddock, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Philip Dru: Administrator</h1>
+
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">A Story of Tomorrow</h2>
+
+<p align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">1920-1935</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+<p>&#8220;No war of classes, no hostility to existing
+wealth, no wanton or unjust<br>
+violation of the rights of property, but a constant
+disposition to<br>
+ameliorate the condition of the classes least favored
+by fortune.&#8221;<br>
+<span style="font-variant: small-caps">--Mazzini.</span></p>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>This book is dedicated to the unhappy many who have
+lived and died lacking opportunity, because, in the starting, the
+world-wide social structure was wrongly begun.</p>
+
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Contents</h1>
+
+<ol style="font-variant: small-caps;list-style-type: upper-roman;">
+<li><a href="#I">Graduation Day</a></li>
+<li><a href="#II">The Vision of Philip Dru</a></li>
+<li><a href="#III">Lost in the Desert</a></li>
+<li><a href="#IV">The Supremacy of Mind</a></li>
+<li><a href="#V">The Tragedy of the Turners</a></li>
+<li><a href="#VI">The Prophet of a New Day</a></li>
+<li><a href="#VII">The Winning of a Medal</a></li>
+<li><a href="#VIII">The Story of the Levinskys</a></li>
+<li><a href="#IX">Philip Begins a New Career</a></li>
+<li><a href="#X">Gloria Decides to Proselyte the Rich</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XI">Selwyn Plots with Thor</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XII">Selwyn Seeks a Candidate</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XIII">Dru and Selwyn Meet</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XIV">The Making of a President</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XV">The Exultant Conspirators</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XVI">The Exposure</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XVII">Selwyn and Thor Defend Themselves</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XVIII">Gloria's Work Bears Fruit</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XIX">War Clouds Hover</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XX">Civil War Begins</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXI">Upon the Eve of Battle</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXII">The Battle of Elma</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXIII">Elma's Aftermath</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXIV">Uncrowned Heroes</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXV">The Administrators of the Republic</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXVI">Dru Outlines His Intentions</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXVII">A New Era at Washington</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXVIII">An International Crisis</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXIX">The Reform of the Judiciary</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXX">A New Code of Laws</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXI">The Question of Taxation</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXII">A Federal Incorporation Act</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXIII">The Railroad Problem</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXIV">Selwyn's Story</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXV">Selwyn's Story, Continued</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXVI">Selwyn's Story, Continued</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXVII">The Cotton Corner</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXVIII">Universal Suffrage</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XXXIX">A Negative Government</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XL">A Departure in Battleships</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLI">The New National Constitution</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLII">New State Constitutions</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLIII">The Rule of the Bosses</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLIV">One Cause of the High Cost of Living</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLV">Burial Reform</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLVI">The Wise Disposition of a Fortune</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLVII">The Wise Disposition of a Fortune, Continued</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLVIII">An International Coalition</a></li>
+<li><a href="#XLIX">Uneven Odds</a></li>
+<li><a href="#L">The Broadening of the Monroe Doctrine</a></li>
+<li><a href="#LI">The Battle of La Tuna</a></li>
+<li><a href="#LII">The Unity of the Northern Half of the Western Hemisphere Under the New Republic</a></li>
+<li><a href="#LIII">The Effacement of Philip Dru</a></li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul style="font-variant: small-caps;">
+<li><a href="#copartnership">What Co-Partnership Can Do</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Philip Dru: Administrator</h1>
+
+<a name="I"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter I</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Graduation Day</h2>
+
+<p>In the year 1920, the student and the statesman saw
+many indications that the social, financial and industrial
+troubles that had vexed the United States of America
+for so long a time were about to culminate in civil
+war.</p>
+
+<p>Wealth had grown so strong, that the few were about
+to strangle the many, and among the great masses of
+the people, there was sullen and rebellious discontent.</p>
+
+<p>The laborer in the cities, the producer on the farm,
+the merchant, the professional man and all save organized
+capital and its satellites, saw a gloomy and hopeless
+future.</p>
+
+<p>With these conditions prevailing, the graduation exercises
+of the class of 1920 of the National Military Academy
+at West Point, held for many a foreboding promise
+of momentous changes, but the 12th of June found the
+usual gay scene at the great institution overlooking
+the Hudson. The President of the Republic, his Secretary
+of War and many other distinguished guests were there
+to do honor to the occasion, together with friends,
+relatives and admirers of the young men who were being
+sent out to the ultimate leadership of the Nation&#8217;s
+Army. The scene had all the usual charm of West Point
+graduations, and the usual intoxicating atmosphere
+of military display.</p>
+
+<p>There was among the young graduating soldiers one
+who seemed depressed and out of touch with the triumphant
+blare of militarism, for he alone of his fellow classmen
+had there no kith nor kin to bid him God-speed in
+his new career.</p>
+
+<p>Standing apart under the broad shadow of an oak, he
+looked out over long stretches of forest and river,
+but what he saw was his home in distant Kentucky--the
+old farmhouse that the sun and the rain and the lichens
+had softened into a mottled gray. He saw the gleaming
+brook that wound its way through the tangle of orchard
+and garden, and parted the distant blue-grass meadow.</p>
+
+<p>He saw his aged mother sitting under the honeysuckle
+trellis, book in hand, but thinking, he knew, of him.
+And then there was the perfume of the flowers, the
+droning of the bees in the warm sweet air and the
+drowsy hound at his father&#8217;s feet.</p>
+
+<p>But this was not all the young man saw, for Philip
+Dru, in spite of his military training, was a close
+student of the affairs of his country, and he saw
+that which raised grave doubts in his mind as to the
+outcome of his career. He saw many of the civil institutions
+of his country debased by the power of wealth under
+the thin guise of the constitutional protection of
+property. He saw the Army which he had sworn to serve
+faithfully becoming prostituted by this same power,
+and used at times for purposes of intimidation and
+petty conquests where the interests of wealth were
+at stake. He saw the great city where luxury, dominant
+and defiant, existed largely by grace of
+exploitation--exploitation of men, women and children.</p>
+
+<p>The young man&#8217;s eyes had become bright and hard,
+when his day-dream was interrupted, and he was looking
+into the gray-blue eyes of Gloria Strawn--the one
+whose lot he had been comparing to that of her sisters
+in the city, in the mills, the sweatshops, the big
+stores, and the streets. He had met her for the first
+time a few hours before, when his friend and classmate,
+Jack Strawn, had presented him to his sister. No comrade
+knew Dru better than Strawn, and no one admired him
+so much. Therefore, Gloria, ever seeking a closer
+contact with life, had come to West Point eager to
+meet the lithe young Kentuckian, and to measure him
+by the other men of her acquaintance.</p>
+
+<p>She was disappointed in his appearance, for she had
+fancied him almost god-like in both size and beauty,
+and she saw a man of medium height, slender but toughly
+knit, and with a strong, but homely face. When he
+smiled and spoke she forgot her disappointment, and
+her interest revived, for her sharp city sense caught
+the trail of a new experience.</p>
+
+<p>To Philip Dru, whose thought of and experience with
+women was almost nothing, so engrossed had he been
+in his studies, military and economic, Gloria seemed
+little more than a child. And yet her frank glance
+of appraisal when he had been introduced to her, and
+her easy though somewhat languid conversation on the
+affairs of the commencement, perplexed and slightly
+annoyed him. He even felt some embarrassment in her
+presence.</p>
+
+<p>Child though he knew her to be, he hesitated whether
+he should call her by her given name, and was taken
+aback when she smilingly thanked him for doing so,
+with the assurance that she was often bored with the
+eternal conventionality of people in her social circle.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly turning from the commonplaces of the day,
+Gloria looked directly at Philip, and with easy self-possession
+turned the conversation to himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am wondering, Mr. Dru, why you came to West
+Point and why it is you like the thought of being
+a soldier?&#8221; she asked. &#8220;An American soldier
+has to fight so seldom that I have heard that the insurance
+companies regard them as the best of risks, so what
+attraction, Mr. Dru, can a military career have for
+you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Never before had Philip been asked such a question,
+and it surprised him that it should come from this
+slip of a girl, but he answered her in the serious
+strain of his thoughts.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;As far back as I can remember,&#8221; he said,
+&#8220;I have wanted to be a soldier. I have no desire
+to destroy and kill, and yet there is within me the
+lust for action and battle. It is the primitive man
+in me, I suppose, but sobered and enlightened by civilization.
+I would do everything in my power to avert war and
+the suffering it entails. Fate, inclination, or what
+not has brought me here, and I hope my life may not
+be wasted, but that in God&#8217;s own way, I may be
+a humble instrument for good. Oftentimes our inclinations
+lead us in certain directions, and it is only afterwards
+that it seems as if fate may from the first have so
+determined it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The mischievous twinkle left the girl&#8217;s eyes,
+and the languid tone of her voice changed to one a
+little more like sincerity.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But suppose there is no war,&#8221; she demanded,
+&#8220;suppose you go on living at barracks here and
+there, and with no broader outlook than such a life
+entails, will you be satisfied? Is that all you have
+in mind to do in the world?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He looked at her more perplexed than ever. Such an
+observation of life, his life, seemed beyond her years,
+for he knew but little of the women of his own generation.
+He wondered, too, if she would understand if he told
+her all that was in his mind.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Gloria, we are entering a new era. The past
+is no longer to be a guide to the future. A century
+and a half ago there arose in France a giant that
+had slumbered for untold centuries. He knew he had
+suffered grievous wrongs, but he did not know how
+to right them. He therefore struck out blindly and
+cruelly, and the innocent went down with the guilty.
+He was almost wholly ignorant for in the scheme of
+society as then constructed, the ruling few felt that
+he must be kept ignorant, otherwise they could not
+continue to hold him in bondage. For him the door
+of opportunity was closed, and he struggled from the
+cradle to the grave for the minimum of food and clothing
+necessary to keep breath within the body. His labor
+and his very life itself was subject to the greed,
+the passion and the caprice of his over-lord.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So when he awoke he could only destroy. Unfortunately
+for him, there was not one of the governing class
+who was big enough and humane enough to lend a guiding
+and a friendly hand, so he was led by weak, and selfish
+men who could only incite him to further wanton murder
+and demolition.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But out of that revelry of blood there dawned
+upon mankind the hope of a more splendid day. The
+divinity of kings, the God-given right to rule, was
+shattered for all time. The giant at last knew his
+strength, and with head erect, and the light of freedom
+in his eyes, he dared to assert the liberty, equality
+and fraternity of man. Then throughout the Western
+world one stratum of society after another demanded
+and obtained the right to acquire wealth and to share
+in the government. Here and there one bolder and more
+forceful than the rest acquired great wealth and with
+it great power. Not satisfied with reasonable gain,
+they sought to multiply it beyond all bounds of need.
+They who had sprung from the people a short life span
+ago were now throttling individual effort and shackling
+the great movement for equal rights and equal opportunity.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Dru&#8217;s voice became tense and vibrant, and he
+talked in quick sharp jerks.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nowhere in the world is wealth more defiant,
+and monopoly more insistent than in this mighty republic,&#8221;
+he said, &#8220;and it is here that the next great
+battle for human emancipation will be fought and won.
+And from the blood and travail of an enlightened people,
+there will be born a spirit of love and brotherhood
+which will transform the world; and the Star of Bethlehem,
+seen but darkly for two thousand years, will shine
+again with a steady and effulgent glow.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="II"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter II</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Vision of Philip Dru</h2>
+
+<p>Long before Philip had finished speaking, Gloria saw
+that he had forgotten her presence. With glistening
+eyes and face aflame he had talked on and on with
+such compelling force that she beheld in him the prophet
+of a new day.</p>
+
+<p>She sat very still for a while, and then she reached
+out to touch his sleeve.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I understand how you feel now,&#8221;
+she said in a tone different from any she had yet
+used. &#8220;I have been reared in a different atmosphere
+from you, and at home have heard only the other side,
+while at school they mostly evade the question. My
+father is one of the &#8217;bold and forceful few&#8217;
+as perhaps you know, but he does not seem to me to
+want to harm anyone. He is kind to us, and charitable
+too, as that word is commonly used, and I am sure
+he has done much good with his money.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am sorry, Gloria, if I have hurt you by what
+I said,&#8221; answered Dru.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh! never mind, for I am sure you are right,&#8221;
+answered the girl, but Philip continued--</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Your father, I think, is not to blame. It is
+the system that is at fault. His struggle and his
+environment from childhood have blinded him to the
+truth. To those with whom he has come in contact, it
+has been the dollar and not the man that counted.
+He has been schooled to think that capital can buy
+labor as it would machinery, the human equation not
+entering into it. He believes that it would be equivalent
+to confiscation for the State to say &#8217;in regard
+to a corporation, labor, the State and capital are
+important in the order named.&#8217; Good man that
+he means to be, he does not know, perhaps he can never
+know, that it is labor, labor of the mind and of the
+body, that creates, and not capital.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You would have a hard time making Father see
+that,&#8221; put in Gloria, with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes!&#8221; continued Philip, &#8220;from the
+dawn of the world until now, it has been the strong
+against the weak. At the first, in the Stone Age, it
+was brute strength that counted and controlled. Then
+those that ruled had leisure to grow intellectually,
+and it gradually came about that the many, by long
+centuries of oppression, thought that the intellectual
+few had God-given powers to rule, and to exact tribute
+from them to the extent of commanding every ounce
+of exertion of which their bodies were capable. It
+was here, Gloria, that society began to form itself
+wrongly, and the result is the miserable travesty
+of to-day. Selfishness became the keynote, and to
+physical and mental strength was conceded everything
+that is desirable in life. Later, this mockery of justice,
+was partly recognized, and it was acknowledged to
+be wrong for the physically strong to despoil and
+destroy the physically weak. <i>Even so, the time
+is now measurably near when it will be just as reprehensible
+for the mentally strong to hold in subjection the
+mentally weak, and to force them to bear the grievous
+burdens which a misconceived civilization has imposed
+upon them."</i></p>
+
+<p>Gloria was now thoroughly interested, but smilingly
+belied it by saying, &#8220;A history professor I
+had once lost his position for talking like that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The young man barely recognized the interruption.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The first gleam of hope came with the advent
+of Christ,&#8221; he continued. &#8220;So warped and
+tangled had become the minds of men that the meaning
+of Christ&#8217;s teaching failed utterly to reach
+human comprehension. They accepted him as a religious
+teacher only so far as their selfish desires led them.
+They were willing to deny other gods and admit one
+Creator of all things, but they split into fragments
+regarding the creeds and forms necessary to salvation.
+In the name of Christ they committed atrocities that
+would put to blush the most benighted savages. Their
+very excesses in cruelty finally caused a revolution
+in feeling, and there was evolved the Christian religion
+of to-day, a religion almost wholly selfish and concerned
+almost entirely in the betterment of life after death.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The girl regarded Philip for a second in silence,
+and then quietly asked, &#8220;For the betterment
+of whose life after death?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was speaking of those who have carried on
+only the forms of religion. Wrapped in the sanctity
+of their own small circle, they feel that their tiny
+souls are safe, and that they are following the example
+and precepts of Christ.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The full splendor of Christ&#8217;s love, the
+grandeur of His life and doctrine is to them a thing
+unknown. The infinite love, the sweet humility, the
+gentle charity, the subordination of self that the
+Master came to give a cruel, selfish and ignorant
+world, mean but little more to us to-day than it did
+to those to whom He gave it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And you who have chosen a military career say
+this,&#8221; said the girl as her brother joined the
+pair.</p>
+
+<p>To Philip her comment came as something of a shock,
+for he was unprepared for these words spoken with
+such a depth of feeling.</p>
+
+<p>Gloria and Philip Dru spent most of graduation day
+together. He did not want to intrude amongst the relatives
+and friends of his classmates, and he was eager to
+continue his acquaintance with Gloria. To the girl,
+this serious-minded youth who seemed so strangely
+out of tune with the blatant military fanfare, was
+a distinct novelty. At the final ball she almost ignored
+the gallantries of the young officers, in order that
+she might have opportunity to lead Dru on to further
+self-revelation.</p>
+
+<p>The next day in the hurry of packing and departure
+he saw her only for an instant, but from her brother
+he learned that she planned a visit to the new Post
+on the Rio Grande near Eagle Pass where Jack Strawn
+and Philip were to be stationed after their vacation.</p>
+
+<p>Philip spent his leave, before he went to the new
+Post, at his Kentucky home. He wanted to be with his
+father and mother, and he wanted to read and think,
+so he declined the many invitations to visit.</p>
+
+<p>His father was a sturdy farmer of fine natural sense,
+and with him Philip never tired of talking when both
+had leisure.</p>
+
+<p>Old William Dru had inherited nothing save a rundown,
+badly managed, heavily mortgaged farm that had been
+in the family for several generations. By hard work
+and strict economy, he had first built it up into
+a productive property and had then liquidated the indebtedness.
+So successful had he been that he was able to buy
+small farms for four of his sons, and give professional
+education to the other three. He had accumulated nothing,
+for he had given as fast as he had made, but his was
+a serene and contented old age because of it. What
+was the hoarding of money or land in comparison to
+the satisfaction of seeing each son happy in the possession
+of a home and family? The ancestral farm he intended
+for Philip, youngest and best beloved, soldier though
+he was to be.</p>
+
+<p>All during that hot summer, Philip and his father
+discussed the ever-growing unrest of the country,
+and speculated when the crisis would come, and how
+it would end.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, he left his home, and all the associations
+clustered around it, and turned his face towards imperial
+ Texas, the field of his new endeavor.</p>
+
+<p>He reached Fort Magruder at the close of an Autumn
+day. He thought he had never known such dry sweet
+air. Just as the sun was sinking, he strolled to the
+bluff around which flowed the turbid waters of the
+Rio Grande, and looked across at the gray hills of
+old Mexico.</p>
+
+<a name="III"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter III</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Lost in the Desert</h2>
+
+<p>Autumn drifted into winter, and then with the blossoms
+of an early spring, came Gloria.</p>
+
+<p>The Fort was several miles from the station, and Jack
+and Philip were there to meet her. As they paced the
+little board platform, Jack was nervously happy over
+the thought of his sister&#8217;s arrival, and talked
+of his plans for entertaining her. Philip on the other
+hand held himself well in reserve and gave no outward
+indication of the deep emotion which stirred within
+him. At last the train came and from one of the long
+string of Pullmans, Gloria alighted. She kissed her
+brother and greeted Philip cordially, and asked him
+in a tone of banter how he enjoyed army life. Dru
+smiled and said, &#8220;Much better, Gloria, than you
+predicted I would.&#8221; The baggage was stored away
+in the buck-board, and Gloria got in front with Philip
+and they were off. It was early morning and the dew
+was still on the soft mesquite grass, and as the mustang
+ponies swiftly drew them over the prairie, it seemed
+to Gloria that she had awakened in fairyland.</p>
+
+<p>At the crest of a hill, Philip held the horses for
+a moment, and Gloria caught her breath as she saw
+the valley below. It looked as if some translucent
+lake had mirrored the sky. It was the countless blossoms
+of the Texas blue-bonnet that lifted their slender
+stems towards the morning sun, and hid the earth.</p>
+
+<p>Down into the valley they drove upon the most wonderfully
+woven carpet in all the world. Aladdin and his magic
+looms could never have woven a fabric such as this.
+A heavy, delicious perfume permeated the air, and
+with glistening eyes and parted lips, Gloria sat dumb
+in happy astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>They dipped into the rocky bed of a wet weather stream,
+climbed out of the canyon and found themselves within
+the shadow of Fort Magruder.</p>
+
+<p>Gloria soon saw that the social distractions of the
+place had little call for Philip. She learned, too,
+that he had already won the profound respect and liking
+of his brother officers. Jack spoke of him in terms
+even more superlative than ever. &#8220;He is a born
+leader of men,&#8221; he declared, &#8220;and he knows
+more about engineering and tactics than the Colonel
+and all the rest of us put together.&#8221; Hard student
+though he was, Gloria found him ever ready to devote
+himself to her, and their rides together over the
+boundless, flower studded prairies, were a never ending
+joy. &#8220;Isn&#8217;t it beautiful--Isn&#8217;t it
+wonderful,&#8221; she would exclaim. And once she
+said, &#8220;But, Philip, happy as I am, I oftentimes
+think of the reeking poverty in the great cities, and
+wish, in some way, they could share this with me.&#8221;
+Philip looked at her questioningly, but made no reply.</p>
+
+<p>A visit that was meant for weeks transgressed upon
+the months, and still she lingered. One hot June morning
+found Gloria and Philip far in the hills on the Mexican
+side of the Rio Grande. They had started at dawn with
+the intention of breakfasting with the courtly old
+haciendado, who frequently visited at the Post.</p>
+
+<p>After the ceremonious Mexican breakfast, Gloria wanted
+to see beyond the rim of the little world that enclosed
+the hacienda, so they rode to the end of the valley,
+tied their horses and climbed to the crest of the
+ridge. She was eager to go still further. They went
+down the hill on the other side, through a draw and
+into another valley beyond.</p>
+
+<p>Soldier though he was, Philip was no plainsman, and
+in retracing their steps, they missed the draw.</p>
+
+<p>Philip knew that they were not going as they came,
+but with his months of experience in the hills, felt
+sure he could find his way back with less trouble
+by continuing as they were. The grass and the shrubs
+gradually disappeared as they walked, and soon he realized
+that they were on the edge of an alkali desert. Still
+he thought he could swing around into the valley from
+which they started, and they plunged steadily on,
+only to see in a few minutes that they were lost.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter, Philip?&#8221; asked
+Gloria. &#8220;Are we lost?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope not, we only have to find that draw.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The girl said no more, but walked on side by side
+with the young soldier. Both pulled their hats far
+down over their eyes to shield them from the glare
+of the fierce rays of the sun, and did what they could
+to keep out the choking clouds of alkali dust that
+swirled around them at every step.</p>
+
+<p>Philip, hardened by months of Southwestern service,
+stood the heat well, except that his eyes ached, but
+he saw that Gloria was giving out.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you tired?&#8221; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I am very tired,&#8221; she answered,
+&#8220;but I can go on if you will let me rest a moment.&#8221;
+Her voice was weak and uncertain and indicated approaching
+collapse. And then she said more faintly, &#8220;I
+am afraid, Philip, we are hopelessly lost.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do not be frightened, Gloria, we will soon
+be out of this if you will let me carry you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Just then, the girl staggered and would have fallen
+had he not caught her.</p>
+
+<p>He was familiar with heat prostration, and saw that
+her condition was not serious, but he knew he must
+carry her, for to lay her in the blazing sun would
+be fatal.</p>
+
+<p>His eyes, already overworked by long hours of study,
+were swollen and bloodshot. Sharp pains shot through
+his head. To stop he feared would be to court death,
+so taking Gloria in his arms, he staggered on.</p>
+
+<p>In that vast world of alkali and adobe there was no
+living thing but these two. No air was astir, and
+a pitiless sun beat upon them unmercifully. Philip&#8217;s
+lips were cracked, his tongue was swollen, and the
+burning dust almost choked him. He began to see less
+clearly, and visions of things he knew to be unreal
+came to him. With Spartan courage and indomitable
+will, he never faltered, but went on. Mirages came
+and went, and he could not know whether he saw true
+or not. Then here and there he thought he began to
+see tufts of curly mesquite grass, and in the distance
+surely there were cacti. He knew that if he could hold
+out a little longer, he could lay his burden in some
+sort of shade.</p>
+
+<p>With halting steps, with eyes inflamed and strength
+all but gone, he finally laid Gloria in the shadow
+of a giant prickly pear bush, and fell beside her.
+He fumbled for his knife and clumsily scraped the needles
+from a leaf of the cactus and sliced it in two. The
+heavy sticky liquid ran over his hand as he placed
+the cut side of the leaf to Gloria&#8217;s lips. The
+juice of the plant together with the shade, partially
+revived her. Philip, too, sucked the leaf until his
+parched tongue and throat became a little more pliable.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What happened?&#8221; demanded Gloria. &#8220;Oh!
+yes, now I remember. I am sorry I gave out, Philip.
+I am not acclimated yet. What time is it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After pillowing her head more comfortably upon his
+riding coat, Philip looked at his watch. &#8220;I--I
+can&#8217;t just make it out, Gloria,&#8221; he said.
+&#8220;My eyes seem blurred. This awful glare seems
+to have affected them. They&#8217;ll be all right
+in a little while.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Gloria looked at the dial and found that the hands
+pointed to four o&#8217;clock. They had been lost
+for six hours, but after their experiences, it seemed
+more like as many days. They rested a little while
+longer talking but little.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You carried me,&#8221; said Gloria once. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+ashamed of myself for letting the heat get the best
+of me. You shouldn&#8217;t have carried me, Philip,
+but you know I understand and appreciate. How are
+your eyes now?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, they&#8217;ll be all right,&#8221; he reiterated,
+but when he took his hand from them to look at her,
+and the light beat upon the inflamed lids, he winced.</p>
+
+<p>After eating some of the fruit of the prickly pear,
+which they found too hot and sweet to be palatable,
+Philip suggested at half after five that they should
+move on. They arose, and the young officer started
+to lead the way, peeping from beneath his hand. First
+he stumbled over a mesquite bush directly in his path,
+and next he collided with a giant cactus standing
+full in front of him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s no use, Gloria,&#8221; he said at
+last. &#8220;I can&#8217;t see the way. You must lead.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right, Philip, I will do the best I can.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>For answer, he merely took her hand, and together
+they started to retrace their steps. Over the trackless
+waste of alkali and sagebrush they trudged. They spoke
+but little but when they did, their husky, dust-parched
+voices made a mockery of their hopeful words.</p>
+
+<p>Though the horizon seemed bounded by a low range of
+hills, the girl instinctively turned her steps westward,
+and entered a draw. She rounded one of the hills,
+and just as the sun was sinking, came upon the valley
+in which their horses were peacefully grazing.</p>
+
+<p>They mounted and followed the dim trail along which
+they had ridden that morning, reaching the hacienda
+about dark. With many shakings of the hand, voluble
+protestations of joy at their delivery from the desert,
+and callings on God to witness that the girl had performed
+a miracle, the haciendado gave them food and cooling
+drinks, and with gentle insistence, had his servants,
+wife and daughters show them to their rooms. A poultice
+of Mexican herbs was laid across Philip&#8217;s eyes,
+but exhausted as he was he could not sleep because
+of the pain they caused him.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning, Gloria was almost her usual self,
+but Philip could see but faintly. As early as was
+possible they started for Fort Magruder. His eyes
+were bandaged, and Gloria held the bridle of his horse
+and led him along the dusty trail. A vaquero from
+the ranch went with them to show the way.</p>
+
+<p>Then came days of anxiety, for the surgeon at the
+Post saw serious trouble ahead for Philip. He would
+make no definite statement, but admitted that the
+brilliant young officer&#8217;s eyesight was seriously
+menaced.</p>
+
+<p>Gloria read to him and wrote for him, and in many
+ways was his hands and eyes. He in turn talked to
+her of the things that filled his mind. The betterment
+of man was an ever-present theme with them. It pleased
+him to trace for her the world&#8217;s history from
+its early beginning when all was misty tradition,
+down through the uncertain centuries of early civilization
+to the present time.</p>
+
+<p>He talked with her of the untrustworthiness of the
+so-called history of to-day, although we had every
+facility for recording facts, and he pointed out how
+utterly unreliable it was when tradition was the only
+means of transmission. Mediocrity, he felt sure, had
+oftentimes been exalted into genius, and brilliant
+and patriotic exclamations attributed to great men,
+were never uttered by them, neither was it easy he
+thought, to get a true historic picture of the human
+intellectual giant. As a rule they were quite human,
+but people insisted upon idealizing them, consequently
+they became not themselves but what the popular mind
+wanted them to be.</p>
+
+<p>He also dwelt on the part the demagogue and the incompetents
+play in retarding the advancement of the human race.
+Some leaders were honest, some were wise and some
+were selfish, but it was seldom that the people would
+be led by wise, honest and unselfish men.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There is always the demagogue to poison the
+mind of the people against such a man,&#8221; he said,
+&#8220;and it is easily done because wisdom means
+moderation and honesty means truth. To be moderate
+and to tell the truth at all times and about all matters
+seldom pleases the masses.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Many a long day was spent thus in purely impersonal
+discussions of affairs, and though he himself did
+not realize it, Gloria saw that Philip was ever at
+his best when viewing the large questions of State,
+rather than the narrower ones within the scope of the
+military power.</p>
+
+<p>The weeks passed swiftly, for the girl knew well how
+to ease the young Officer&#8217;s chafing at uncertainty
+and inaction. At times, as they droned away the long
+hot summer afternoons under the heavily leafed fig
+trees in the little garden of the Strawn bungalow,
+he would become impatient at his enforced idleness.
+Finally one day, after making a pitiful attempt to
+read, Philip broke out, &#8220;I have been patient
+under this as long as I can. The restraint is too
+much. Something must be done.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Somewhat to his surprise, Gloria did not try to take
+his mind off the situation this time, but suggested
+asking the surgeon for a definite report on his condition.</p>
+
+<p>The interview with the surgeon was unsatisfactory,
+but his report to his superior officers bore fruit,
+for in a short time Philip was told that he should
+apply for an indefinite leave of absence, as it would
+be months, perhaps years, before his eyes would allow
+him to carry on his duties.</p>
+
+<p>He seemed dazed at the news, and for a long time would
+not talk of it even with Gloria. After a long silence
+one afternoon she softly asked, &#8220;What are you
+going to do, Philip?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Jack Strawn, who was sitting near by, broke out--&#8220;Do!
+why there&#8217;s no question about what he is going
+to do. Once an Army man always an Army man. He&#8217;s
+going to live on the best the U.S.A. provides until
+his eyes are right. In the meantime Philip is going
+to take indefinite sick leave.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The girl only smiled at her brother&#8217;s military
+point of view, and asked another question. &#8220;How
+will you occupy your time, Philip?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Philip sat as if he had not heard them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Occupy his time!&#8221; exclaimed Jack, &#8220;getting
+well of course. Without having to obey orders or do
+anything but draw his checks, he can have the time
+of his life, there will be nothing to worry about.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s just it,&#8221; slowly said Philip.
+&#8220;No work, nothing to think about.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Exactly,&#8221; said Gloria.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you driving at, Sister. You talk as
+if it was something to be deplored. I call it a lark.
+Cheer the fellow up a bit, can&#8217;t you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, never mind,&#8221; replied Philip. &#8220;There&#8217;s
+nothing to cheer me up about. The question is simply
+this: Can I stand a period of several years&#8217;
+enforced inactivity as a mere pensioner?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes!&#8221; quickly said Gloria, &#8220;as
+a pensioner, and then, if all goes well, you return
+to this.&#8221; &#8220;What do you mean, Gloria? Don&#8217;t
+you like Army Post life?&#8221; asked Jack.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I like it as well as you do, Jack. You just
+haven&#8217;t come to realize that Philip is cut out
+for a bigger sphere than--that.&#8221; She pointed
+out across the parade ground where a drill was going
+on. &#8220;You know as well as I do that this is not
+the age for a military career.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Jack was so disgusted with this, that with an exclamation
+of impatience, he abruptly strode off to the parade
+ground.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You are right, Gloria,&#8221; said Philip.
+&#8220;I cannot live on a pension indefinitely. I
+cannot bring myself to believe that it is honest to
+become a mendicant upon the bounty of the country.
+If I had been injured in the performance of duty,
+I would have no scruples in accepting support during
+an enforced idleness, but this disability arose from
+no fault of the Government, and the thought of accepting
+aid under such circumstances is too repugnant.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course,&#8221; said Gloria.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The Government means no more to me than an
+individual,&#8221; continued Philip, &#8220;and it
+is to be as fairly dealt with. I never could understand
+how men with self-respect could accept undeserving
+pensions from the Nation. To do so is not alone dishonest,
+but is unfair to those who need help and have a righteous
+claim to support. If the unworthy were refused, the
+deserving would be able to obtain that to which they
+are entitled.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Their talk went on thus for hours, the girl ever trying
+more particularly to make him see a military career
+as she did, and he more concerned with the ethical
+side of the situation.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do not worry over it, Philip,&#8221; cried
+Gloria, &#8220;I feel sure that your place is in the
+larger world of affairs, and you will some day be glad
+that this misfortune came to you, and that you were
+forced to go into another field of endeavor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;With my ignorance and idle curiosity, I led
+you on and on, over first one hill and then another,
+until you lost your way in that awful desert over
+there, but yet perhaps there was a destiny in that.
+When I was leading you out of the desert, a blind
+man, it may be that I was leading you out of the barrenness
+of military life, into the fruitful field of labor
+for humanity.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After a long silence, Philip Dru arose and took Gloria&#8217;s
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes! I will resign. You have already reconciled
+me to my fate.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="IV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter IV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Supremacy of Mind</h2>
+
+<p>Officers and friends urged Philip to reconsider his
+determination of resigning, but once decided, he could
+not be swerved from his purpose. Gloria persuaded
+him to go to New York with her in order to consult
+one of the leading oculists, and arrangements were
+made immediately. On the last day but one, as they
+sat under their favorite fig tree, they talked much
+of Philip&#8217;s future. Gloria had also been reading
+aloud Sir Oliver Lodge&#8217;s &#8220;Science and
+Immortality,&#8221; and closing the book upon the final
+chapter, asked Philip what he thought of it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Although the book was written many years ago,
+even then the truth had begun to dawn upon the poets,
+seers and scientific dreamers. The dominion of mind,
+but faintly seen at that time, but more clearly now,
+will finally come into full vision. The materialists
+under the leadership of Darwin, Huxley and Wallace,
+went far in the right direction, but in trying to
+go to the very fountainhead of life, they came to
+a door which they could not open and which no materialistic
+key will ever open.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So, Mr. Preacher, you&#8217;re at it again,&#8221;
+laughed Gloria. &#8220;You belong to the pulpit of
+real life, not the Army. Go on, I am interested.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; went on Dru, &#8220;then came
+a reaction, and the best thought of the scientific
+world swung back to the theory of mind or spirit, and
+the truth began to unfold itself. Now, man is at last
+about to enter into that splendid kingdom, the promise
+of which Christ gave us when he said, &#8216;My Father
+and I are one,&#8217; and again, &#8217;When you have
+seen me you have seen the Father.&#8217; He was but
+telling them that all life was a part of the One Life--individualized,
+but yet of and a part of the whole.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We are just learning our power and dominion
+over ourselves. When in the future children are trained
+from infancy that they can measurably conquer their
+troubles by the force of mind, a new era will have
+come to man.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There,&#8221; said Gloria, with an earnestness
+that Philip had rarely heard in her, &#8220;is perhaps
+the source of the true redemption of the world.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>She checked herself quickly, &#8220;But you were preaching
+to me, not I to you. Go on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, but I want to hear what you were going
+to say.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You see I am greatly interested in this movement
+which is seeking to find how far mind controls matter,
+and to what extent our lives are spiritual rather
+than material,&#8221; she answered, &#8220;but it&#8217;s
+hard to talk about it to most people, so I have kept
+it to myself. Go on, Philip, I will not interrupt
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When fear, hate, greed and the purely material
+conception of Life passes out,&#8221; said Philip,
+&#8220;as it some day may, and only wholesome thoughts
+will have a place in human minds, mental ills will
+take flight along with most of our bodily ills, and
+the miracle of the world&#8217;s redemption will have
+been largely wrought.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mental ills will take flight along with bodily
+ills. We should be trained, too, not to dwell upon
+anticipated troubles, but to use our minds and bodies
+in an earnest, honest endeavor to avert threatened
+disaster. We should not brood over possible failure,
+for in the great realm of the supremacy of mind or
+spirit the thought of failure should not enter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I know, Philip.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fear, causes perhaps more unhappiness than
+any one thing that we have let take possession of
+us. Some are never free from it. They awake in the
+morning with a vague, indefinite sense of it, and at
+night a foreboding of disaster hands over the to-morrow.
+ Life would have for us a different meaning if we
+would resolve, and keep the resolution, to do the
+best we could under all conditions, and never fear
+the result. Then, too, we should be trained not to
+have such an unreasonable fear of death. The Eastern
+peoples are far wiser in this respect than we. They
+have learned to look upon death as a happy transition
+to something better. And they are right, for that
+is the true philosophy of it. At the very worst, can
+it mean more than a long and dreamless sleep? Does
+not the soul either go back to the one source from
+which it sprung, and become a part of the whole, or
+does it not throw off its material environment and
+continue with individual consciousness to work out
+its final destiny?</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If that be true, there is no death as we have
+conceived it. It would mean to us merely the beginning
+of a more splendid day, and we should be taught that
+every emotion, every effort here that is unselfish
+and soul uplifting, will better fit us for that spiritual
+existence that is to come.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="V"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter V</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Tragedy of the Turners</h2>
+
+<p>The trip north from Fort Magruder was a most trying
+experience for Philip Dru, for although he had as
+traveling companions Gloria and Jack Strawn, who was
+taking a leave of absence, the young Kentuckian felt
+his departure from Texas and the Army as a portentous
+turning point in his career. In spite of Gloria&#8217;s
+philosophy, and in spite of Jack&#8217;s reassurances,
+Philip was assailed by doubts as to the ultimate improvement
+of his eyesight, and at the same time with the feeling
+that perhaps after all, he was playing the part of
+a deserter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s all nonsense to feel cut up over
+it, you know, Philip,&#8221; insisted Jack. &#8220;You
+can take my word for it that you have the wrong idea
+in wanting to quit when you can be taken care of by
+the Government. You have every right to it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, Jack, I have no right to it,&#8221; answered
+Dru, &#8220;but certain as I am that I am doing the
+only thing I could do, under the circumstances, it&#8217;s
+a hard wrench to leave the Army, even though I had
+come to think that I can find my place in the world
+out of the service.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The depression was not shaken off until after they
+had reached New York, and Philip had been told by
+the great specialist that his eyesight probably never
+again would pass the Army tests. Once convinced that
+an Army career was impossible, he resigned, and began
+to reconstruct his life with new hope and with a new
+enthusiasm. While he was ordered to give his eyes
+complete rest for at least six months and remain a
+part of every day in a darkened room, he was promised
+that after several months, he probably would be able
+to read and write a little.</p>
+
+<p>As he had no relatives in New York, Philip, after
+some hesitation, accepted Jack Strawn&#8217;s insistent
+invitation to visit him for a time, at least. Through
+the long days and weeks that followed, the former young
+officer and Gloria were thrown much together.</p>
+
+<p>One afternoon as they were sitting in a park, a pallid
+child of ten asked to &#8220;shine&#8221; their shoes.
+In sympathy they allowed him to do it. The little
+fellow had a gaunt and hungry look and his movements
+were very sluggish. He said his name was Peter Turner
+and he gave some squalid east side tenement district
+as his home. He said that his father was dead, his
+mother was bedridden, and he, the oldest of three children,
+was the only support of the family. He got up at five
+and prepared their simple meal, and did what he could
+towards making his mother comfortable for the day.
+By six he left the one room that sheltered them, and
+walked more than two miles to where he now was. Midday
+meal he had none, and in the late afternoon he walked
+home and arranged their supper of bread, potatoes,
+or whatever else he considered he could afford to buy.
+Philip questioned him as to his earnings and was told
+that they varied with the weather and other conditions,
+the maximum had been a dollar and fifteen cents for
+one day, the minimum twenty cents. The average seemed
+around fifty cents, and this was to shelter, clothe
+and feed a family of four.</p>
+
+<p>Already Gloria&#8217;s eyes were dimmed with tears.
+Philip asked if they might go home with him then.
+The child consented and led the way.</p>
+
+<p>They had not gone far, when Philip, noticing how frail
+Peter was, hailed a car, and they rode to Grand Street,
+changed there and went east. Midway between the Bowery
+and the river, they got out and walked south for a
+few blocks, turned into a side street that was hardly
+more than an alley, and came to the tenement where
+Peter lived.</p>
+
+<p>It had been a hot day even in the wide, clean portions
+of the city. Here the heat was almost unbearable,
+and the stench, incident to a congested population,
+made matters worse.</p>
+
+<p>Ragged and dirty children were playing in the street.
+Lack of food and pure air, together with unsanitary
+surroundings, had set its mark upon them. The deathly
+pallor that was in Peter&#8217;s face was characteristic
+of most of the faces around them.</p>
+
+<p>The visitors climbed four flights of stairs, and went
+down a long, dark, narrow hall reeking with disagreeable
+odors, and finally entered ten-year-old Peter Turner&#8217;s
+&#8220;home.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What a travesty on the word &#8216;home,&#8217;&#8221;
+murmured Dru, as he saw for the first time the interior
+of an East Side tenement. Mrs. Turner lay propped
+in bed, a ghost of what was once a comely woman. She
+was barely thirty, yet poverty, disease and the city
+had drawn their cruel lines across her face. Gloria
+went to her bedside and gently pressed the fragile
+hand. She dared not trust herself to speak. And this,
+she thought, is within the shadow of my home, and
+I never knew. &#8220;Oh, God,&#8221; she silently
+prayed, &#8220;forgive us for our neglect of such as
+these.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Gloria and Philip did all that was possible for the
+Turners, but their helping hands came too late to
+do more than to give the mother a measure of peace
+during the last days of her life. The promise of help
+for the children lifted a heavy load from her heart.
+Poor stricken soul, Zelda Turner deserved a better
+fate. When she married Len Turner, life seemed full
+of joy. He was employed in the office of a large manufacturing
+concern, at what seemed to them a munificent salary,
+seventy-five dollars a month.</p>
+
+<p>Those were happy days. How they saved and planned
+for the future! The castle that they built in Spain
+was a little home on a small farm near a city large
+enough to be a profitable market for their produce.
+ Some place where the children could get fresh air,
+wholesome food and a place in which to grow up. Two
+thousand dollars saved, would, they thought, be enough
+to make the start. With this, a farm costing four thousand
+dollars could be bought by mortgaging it for half.
+Twenty-five dollars a month saved for six years, would,
+with interest, bring them to their goal.</p>
+
+<p>Already more than half the sum was theirs. Then came
+disaster. One Sunday they were out for their usual
+walk. It had been sleeting and the pavements here
+and there were still icy. In front of them some children
+were playing, and a little girl of eight darted into
+the street to avoid being caught by a companion.
+She slipped and fell. A heavy motor was almost upon
+her, when Len rushed to snatch her from the on-rushing
+car. He caught the child, but slipped himself, succeeding
+however in pushing her beyond danger before the cruel
+wheels crushed out his life. The dreary days and nights
+that followed need not be recited here. The cost of
+the funeral and other expenses incident thereto bit
+deep into their savings, therefore as soon as she
+could pull herself together, Mrs. Turner sought employment
+and got it in a large dressmaking establishment at
+the inadequate wage of seven dollars a week. She was
+skillful with her needle but had no aptitude for design,
+therefore she was ever to be among the plodders. One
+night in the busy season of overwork before the Christmas
+holidays, she started to walk the ten blocks to her
+little home, for car-fare was a tax beyond her purse,
+and losing her weary footing, she fell heavily to
+the ground. By the aid of a kindly policeman she was
+able to reach home, in great suffering, only to faint
+when she finally reached her room. Peter, who was then
+about seven years old, was badly frightened. He ran
+for their next door neighbor, a kindly German woman.
+She lifted Zelda into bed and sent for a physician,
+and although he could find no other injury than a
+badly bruised spine, she never left her bed until
+she was borne to her grave.</p>
+
+<p>The pitiful little sum that was saved soon went, and
+Peter with his blacking box became the sole support
+of the family.</p>
+
+<p>When they had buried Zelda, and Gloria was kneeling
+by her grave softly weeping, Philip touched her shoulder
+and said, &#8220;Let us go, she needs us no longer,
+but there are those who do. This experience has been
+my lesson, and from now it is my purpose to consecrate
+my life towards the betterment of such as these. Our
+thoughts, our habits, our morals, our civilization
+itself is wrong, else it would not be possible for
+just this sort of suffering to exist.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But you will let me help you, Philip?&#8221;
+said Gloria.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It will mean much to me, Gloria, if you will.
+In this instance Len Turner died a hero&#8217;s death,
+and when Mrs. Turner became incapacitated, society,
+the state, call it what you will, should have stepped
+in and thrown its protecting arms around her. It was
+never intended that she should lie there day after
+day month after month, suffering, starving, and in
+an agony of soul for her children&#8217;s future. She
+had the right to expect succor from the rich and the
+strong.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Gloria, &#8220;I have heard
+successful men and women say that they cannot help
+the poor, that if you gave them all you had, they would
+soon be poor again, and that your giving would never
+cease.&#8221; &#8220;I know,&#8221; Philip replied,
+&#8220;that is ever the cry of the selfish. They believe
+that they merit all the blessings of health, distinction
+and wealth that may come to them, and they condemn
+their less fortunate brother as one deserving his
+fate. The poor, the weak and the impractical did not
+themselves bring about their condition. Who knows
+how large a part the mystery of birth and heredity
+play in one&#8217;s life and what environment and
+opportunity, or lack of it, means to us? Health, ability,
+energy, favorable environment and opportunity are
+the ingredients of success. Success is graduated by
+the lack of one or all of these. If the powerful use
+their strength merely to further their own selfish
+desires, in what way save in degree do they differ
+from the lower animals of creation? And how can man
+under such a moral code justify his dominion over land
+and sea?</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Until recently this question has never squarely
+faced the human race, but it does face it now and
+to its glory and honor it is going to be answered
+right. The strong will help the weak, the rich will
+share with the poor, and it will not be called charity,
+but it will be known as justice. And the man or woman
+who fails to do his duty, not as he sees it, but as
+society at large sees it, will be held up to the contempt
+of mankind. A generation or two ago, Gloria, this
+mad unreasoning scramble for wealth began. Men have
+fought, struggled and died, lured by the gleam of
+gold, and to what end? The so-called fortunate few
+that succeed in obtaining it, use it in divers ways.
+To some, lavish expenditure and display pleases their
+swollen vanity. Others, more serious minded, gratify
+their selfishness by giving largess to schools of learning
+and research, and to the advancement of the sciences
+and arts. But here and there was found a man gifted
+beyond his fellows, one with vision clear enough to
+distinguish things worth while. And these, scorning
+to acquire either wealth or power, labored diligently
+in their separate fields of endeavor. One such became
+a great educator, the greatest of his day and generation,
+and by his long life of rectitude set an example to
+the youth of America that has done more good than
+all the gold that all the millionaires have given
+for educational purposes. Another brought to success
+a prodigious physical undertaking. For no further reason
+than that he might serve his country where best he
+could, he went into a fever-laden land and dug a mighty
+ditch, bringing together two great oceans and changing
+the commerce of the world.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="VI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter VI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Prophet of a New Day</h2>
+
+<p>Philip and Mr. Strawn oftentimes discussed the mental
+and moral upheaval that was now generally in evidence.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is to be the outcome, Philip?&#8221; said
+Mr. Strawn. &#8220;I know that things are not as they
+should be, but how can there be a more even distribution
+of wealth without lessening the efficiency of the strong,
+able and energetic men and without making mendicants
+of the indolent and improvident? If we had pure socialism,
+we could never get the highest endeavor out of anyone,
+for it would seem not worth while to do more than
+the average. The race would then go backward instead
+of lifting itself higher by the insistent desire to
+excel and to reap the rich reward that comes with
+success.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the past, Mr. Strawn, your contention would
+be unanswerable, but the moral tone and thought of
+the world is changing. You take it for granted that
+man must have in sight some material reward in order
+to bring forth the best there is within him. I believe
+that mankind is awakening to the fact that material
+compensation is far less to be desired than spiritual
+compensation. This feeling will grow, it is growing,
+and when it comes to full fruition, the world will
+find but little difficulty in attaining a certain
+measure of altruism. I agree with you that this much-to-be
+desired state of society cannot be altogether reached
+by laws, however drastic. Socialism as dreamed of
+by Karl Marx cannot be entirely brought about by a
+comprehensive system of state ownership and by the
+leveling of wealth. If that were done without a spiritual
+leavening, the result would be largely as you suggest.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>And so the discussion ran, Strawn the embodiment of
+the old order of thought and habit, and Philip the
+apostle of the new. And Gloria listened and felt that
+in Philip a new force had arisen. She likened him
+to a young eagle who, soaring high above a slumbering
+world, sees first the gleaming rays of that onrushing
+sun that is soon to make another day.</p>
+
+<a name="VII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter VII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Winning of a Medal</h2>
+
+<p>It had become the practice of the War Department to
+present to the army every five years a comprehensive
+military problem involving an imaginary attack upon
+this country by a powerful foreign foe, and the proper
+line of defense. The competition was open to both
+officers and men. A medal was given to the successful
+contestant, and much distinction came with it.</p>
+
+<p>There had been as yet but one contest; five years
+before the medal had been won by a Major General who
+by wide acclaim was considered the greatest military
+authority in the Army. That he should win seemed to
+accord with the fitness of things, and it was thought
+that he would again be successful.</p>
+
+<p>The problem had been given to the Army on the first
+of November, and six months were allowed to study
+it and hand in a written dissertation thereon. It
+was arranged that the general military staff that considered
+the papers should not know the names of the contestants.</p>
+
+<p>Philip had worked upon the matter assiduously while
+he was at Fort Magruder, and had sent in his paper
+early in March. Great was his surprise upon receiving
+a telegram from the Secretary of War announcing that
+he had won the medal. For a few days he was a national
+sensation. The distinction of the first winner, who
+was again a contestant, and Philip&#8217;s youth and
+obscurity, made such a striking contrast that the
+whole situation appealed enormously to the imagination
+of the people. Then, too, the problem was one of unusual
+interest, and it, as well as Philip&#8217;s masterly
+treatment of it, was published far and wide.</p>
+
+<p>The Nation was clearly treating itself to a sensation,
+and upon Philip were focused the eyes of all. From
+now he was a marked man. The President, stirred by
+the wishes of a large part of the people, expressed
+by them in divers ways, offered him reinstatement in
+the Army with the rank of Major, and indicated, through
+the Secretary of War, that he would be assigned as
+Secretary to the General Staff. It was a gracious
+thing to do, even though it was prompted by that political
+instinct for which the President had become justly
+famous.</p>
+
+<p>In an appreciative note of thanks, Philip declined.
+Again he became the talk of the hour. Poor, and until
+now obscure, it was assumed that he would gladly seize
+such an opportunity for a brilliant career within his
+profession. His friends were amazed and urged him to
+reconsider the matter, but his determination was fixed.</p>
+
+<p>Only Gloria understood and approved.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Philip,&#8221; said Mr. Strawn, &#8220;do not
+turn this offer down lightly. Such an opportunity
+seldom comes twice in any man&#8217;s life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am deeply impressed with the truth of what
+you say, Mr. Strawn, and I am not putting aside a
+military career without much regret. However, I am
+now committed to a life work of a different character,
+one in which glory and success as the world knows
+it can never enter, but which appeals to every instinct
+that I possess. I have turned my face in the one direction,
+and come what may, I shall never change.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am afraid, Philip, that in the enthusiasm
+of youth and inexperience you are doing a foolish
+thing, one that will bring you many hours of bitter
+regret. This is the parting of the ways with you. Take
+the advice of one who loves you well and turn into
+the road leading to honor and success. The path which
+you are about to choose is obscure and difficult,
+and none may say just where it leads.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What you say is true, Mr. Strawn, only we are
+measuring results by different standards. If I could
+journey your road with a blythe heart, free from regret,
+when glory and honor came, I should revel in it and
+die, perhaps, happy and contented. But constituted
+as I am, when I began to travel along that road, from
+its dust there would arise to haunt me the ghosts
+of those of my fellowmen who had lived and died without
+opportunity. The cold and hungry, the sick and suffering
+poor, would seem to cry to me that I had abandoned
+them in order that I might achieve distinction and
+success, and there would be for me no peace.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>And here Gloria touched his hand with hers, that he
+might know her thoughts and sympathy were at one with
+his.</p>
+
+<p>Philip was human enough to feel a glow of satisfaction
+at having achieved so much reputation. A large part
+of it, he felt, was undeserved and rather hysterical,
+but that he had been able to do a big thing made him
+surer of his ground in his new field of endeavor. He
+believed, too, that it would aid him largely in obtaining
+the confidence of those with whom he expected to work
+and of those he expected to work for.</p>
+
+<a name="VIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter VIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Story of the Levinskys</h2>
+
+<p>As soon as public attention was brought to Philip
+in such a generous way, he received many offers to
+write for the press and magazines, and also to lecture.</p>
+
+<p>He did not wish to draw upon his father&#8217;s slender
+resources, and yet he must needs do something to meet
+his living expenses, for during the months of his
+inactivity, he had drawn largely upon the small sum
+which he had saved from his salary.</p>
+
+<p>The Strawns were insistent that he should continue
+to make their home his own, but this he was unwilling
+to do. So he rented an inexpensive room over a small
+hardware store in the East Side tenement district.
+He thought of getting in one of the big, evil-smelling
+tenement houses so that he might live as those he
+came to help lived, but he abandoned this because
+he feared he might become too absorbed in those immediately
+around him.</p>
+
+<p>What he wanted was a broader view. His purpose was
+not so much to give individual help as to formulate
+some general plan and to work upon those lines.</p>
+
+<p>And yet he wished an intimate view of the things he
+meant to devote his life to bettering. So the clean
+little room over the quiet hardware store seemed to
+suit his wants.</p>
+
+<p>The thin, sharp-featured Jew and his fat, homely wife
+who kept it had lived in that neighborhood for many
+years, and Philip found them a mine of useful information
+regarding the things he wished to know.</p>
+
+<p>The building was narrow and but three stories high,
+and his landlord occupied all of the second story
+save the one room which was let to Philip.</p>
+
+<p>He arranged with Mrs. Levinsky to have his breakfast
+with them. He soon learned to like the Jew and his
+wife. While they were kind-hearted and sympathetic,
+they seldom permitted their sympathy to encroach upon
+their purse, but this Philip knew was a matter of
+environment and early influence. He drew from them
+one day the story of their lives, and it ran like
+this:</p>
+
+<p>Ben Levinsky&#8217;s forebears had long lived in Warsaw.
+From father to son, from one generation to another,
+they had handed down a bookshop, which included bookbinding
+in a small way. They were self-educated and widely
+read. Their customers were largely among the gentiles
+and for a long time the anti-semitic waves passed
+over them, leaving them untouched. They were law-abiding,
+inoffensive, peaceable citizens, and had been for
+generations.</p>
+
+<p>One bleak December day, at a market place in Warsaw,
+a young Jew, baited beyond endurance, struck out madly
+at his aggressors, and in the general m&#234;l&#233;e that followed,
+the son of a high official was killed. No one knew
+how he became involved in the brawl, for he was a sober,
+high-minded youngster, and very popular. Just how
+he was killed and by whom was never known. But the
+Jew had struck the first blow and that was all sufficient
+for the blood of hate to surge in the eyes of the race-mad
+mob.</p>
+
+<p>Then began a blind, unreasoning massacre. It all happened
+within an hour. It was as if after nightfall a tornado
+had come out of the west, and without warning had
+torn and twisted itself through the city, leaving
+ruin and death in its wake. No Jew that could be found
+was spared. Saul Levinsky was sitting in his shop
+looking over some books that had just come from the
+binder. He heard shots in the distance and the dull,
+angry roar of the hoarse-voiced mob. He closed his
+door and bolted it, and went up the little stairs
+leading to his family quarters. His wife and six-year-old
+daughter were there. Ben, a boy of ten, had gone to
+a nobleman&#8217;s home to deliver some books, and
+had not returned.</p>
+
+<p>Levinsky expected the mob to pass his place and leave
+it unmolested. It stopped, hesitated and then rammed
+in the door. It was all over in a moment. Father,
+mother and child lay dead and torn almost limb from
+limb. The rooms were wrecked, and the mob moved on.</p>
+
+<p>The tempest passed as quickly as it came, and when
+little Ben reached his home, the street was as silent
+as the grave.</p>
+
+<p>With quivering lip and uncertain feet he picked his
+way from room to room until he came to what were once
+his father, mother and baby sister, and then he swooned
+away. When he awoke he was shivering with cold. For
+a moment he did not realize what had happened, then
+with a heartbreaking cry he fled the place, nor did
+he stop until he was a league away.</p>
+
+<p>He crept under the sheltering eaves of a half-burned
+house, and cold and miserable he sobbed himself to
+sleep. In the morning an itinerant tinker came by
+and touched by the child&#8217;s distress, drew from
+him his unhappy story. He was a lonely old man, and
+offered to take Ben with him, an offer which was gladly
+accepted.</p>
+
+<p>We will not chronicle the wanderings of these two
+in pursuit of food and shelter, for it would take
+too long to tell in sequence how they finally reached
+America, of the tinker&#8217;s death, and of the evolution
+of the tinker&#8217;s pack to the well ordered hardware
+shop over which Philip lived.</p>
+
+<a name="IX"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter IX</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Philip Begins a New Career</h2>
+
+<p>After sifting the offers made him, Philip finally
+accepted two, one from a large New York daily that
+syndicated throughout the country, and one from a
+widely read magazine, to contribute a series of twelve
+articles. Both the newspaper and the magazine wished
+to dictate the subject matter about which he was to
+write, but he insisted upon the widest latitude. The
+sum paid, and to be paid, seemed to him out of proportion
+to the service rendered, but he failed to take into
+account the value of the advertising to those who
+had secured the use of his pen.</p>
+
+<p>He accepted the offers not alone because he must needs
+do something for a livelihood, but largely for the
+good he thought he might do the cause to which he
+was enlisted. He determined to write upon social subjects
+only, though he knew that this would be a disappointment
+to his publishers. He wanted to write an article or
+two before he began his permanent work, for if he
+wrote successfully, he thought it would add to his
+influence. So he began immediately, and finished his
+first contribution to the syndicate newspapers in
+time for them to use it the following Sunday.</p>
+
+<p>He told in a simple way, the story of the Turners.
+In conclusion he said the rich and the well-to-do
+were as a rule charitable enough when distress came
+to their doors, but the trouble was that they were
+unwilling to seek it out. They knew that it existed
+but they wanted to come in touch with it as little
+as possible.</p>
+
+<p>They smothered their consciences with the thought
+that there were organized societies and other mediums
+through which all poverty was reached, and to these
+they gave. They knew that this was not literally true,
+but it served to make them think less badly of themselves.</p>
+
+<p><i>In a direct and forceful manner, he pointed out
+that our civilization was fundamentally wrong inasmuch
+as among other things, it restricted efficiency; that
+if society were properly organized, there would be
+none who were not sufficiently clothed and fed; that
+the laws, habits and ethical training in vogue were
+alike responsible for the inequalities in opportunity
+and the consequent wide difference between the few
+and the many; that the result of such conditions was
+to render inefficient a large part of the population,
+the percentage differing in each country in the ratio
+that education and enlightened and unselfish laws bore
+to ignorance, bigotry and selfish laws.</i> But
+little progress, he said, had been made in the early
+centuries for the reason that opportunity had been
+confined to a few, and it was only recently that any
+considerable part of the world&#8217;s population had
+been in a position to become efficient; and mark the
+result. Therefore, he argued, as an economical proposition,
+divorced from the realm of ethics, the far-sighted
+statesmen of to-morrow, if not of to-day, will labor
+to the end that every child born of woman may have
+an opportunity to accomplish that for which it is
+best fitted. Their bodies will be properly clothed
+and fed at the minimum amount of exertion, so that
+life may mean something more than a mere struggle
+for existence. Humanity as a whole will then be able
+to do its share towards the conquest of the complex
+forces of nature, and there will be brought about an
+intellectual and spiritual quickening that will make
+our civilization of to-day seem as crude, as selfish
+and illogical as that of the dark ages seem now to
+us.</p>
+
+<p>Philip&#8217;s article was widely read and was the
+subject of much comment, favorable and otherwise.
+There were the ever-ready few, who want to re-make
+the world in a day, that objected to its moderation,
+and there were his more numerous critics who hold
+that to those that have, more should be given. These
+considered his doctrine dangerous to the general welfare,
+meaning their own welfare. But upon the greater number
+it made a profound impression, and it awakened many
+a sleeping conscience as was shown by the hundreds
+of letters which he received from all parts of the
+country. All this was a tremendous encouragement to
+the young social worker, for the letters he received
+showed him that he had a definite public to address,
+whom he might lead if he could keep his medium for
+a time at least. Naturally, the publishers of the
+newspaper and magazine for which he wrote understood
+this, but they also understood that it was usually
+possible to control intractable writers after they
+had acquired a taste for publicity, and their attitude
+was for the time being one of general enthusiasm and
+liberality tempered by such trivial attempts at control
+as had already been made.</p>
+
+<p>No sooner had he seen the first story in print than
+he began formulating his ideas for a second. This,
+he planned, would be a companion piece to that of
+the Turners which was typical of the native American
+family driven to the East Side by the inevitable workings
+of the social order, and would take up the problem
+of the foreigner immigrating to this country, and
+its effect upon our national life. In this second article
+he incorporated the story of the Levinskys as being
+fairly representative of the problem he wished to
+treat.</p>
+
+<p>In preparing these articles, Philip had used his eyes
+for the first time in such work, and he was pleased
+to find no harm came of it. The oculist still cautioned
+moderation, but otherwise dismissed him as fully recovered.</p>
+
+<a name="X"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter X</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Gloria Decides to Proselyte the Rich</h2>
+
+<p>While Philip was establishing himself in New York,
+as a social worker and writer, Gloria was spending
+more and more of her time in settlement work, in spite
+of the opposition of her family. Naturally, their work
+brought them much into each other&#8217;s society,
+and drew them even closer together than in Philip&#8217;s
+dark days when Gloria was trying to aid him in the
+readjustment of his life. They were to all appearances
+simply comrades in complete understanding, working
+together for a common cause.</p>
+
+<p>However, Strawn&#8217;s opposition to Gloria&#8217;s
+settlement work was not all impersonal, for he made
+no secret of his worry over Gloria&#8217;s evident
+admiration for Dru. Strawn saw in Philip a masterly
+man with a prodigious intellect, bent upon accomplishing
+a revolutionary adjustment of society, and he knew
+that nothing would deter him from his purpose. The
+magnitude of the task and the uncertainties of success
+made him fear that Gloria might become one of the
+many unhappy women who suffer martyrdom through the
+greatness of their love.</p>
+
+<p>Gloria&#8217;s mother felt the same way about her
+daughter&#8217;s companion in settlement work. Mrs.
+Strawn was a placid, colorless woman, content to go
+the conventional way, without definite purpose, further
+than to avoid the rougher places in life.</p>
+
+<p>She was convinced that men were placed here for the
+sole purpose of shielding and caring for women, and
+she had a contempt for any man who refused or was
+unable to do so.</p>
+
+<p>Gloria&#8217;s extreme advanced views of life alarmed
+her and seemed unnatural. She protested as strongly
+as she could, without upsetting her equanimity, for
+to go beyond that she felt was unladylike and bad for
+both nerves and digestion. It was a grief for her to
+see Gloria actually working with anyone, much less
+Philip, whose theories were quite upsetting, and who,
+after all, was beyond the pale of their social sphere
+and was impossible as a son-in-law.</p>
+
+<p>Consequently, Philip was not surprised when one day
+in the fall, he received a disconsolate note from
+Gloria who was spending a few weeks with her parents
+at their camp in the hills beyond Tuxedo, saying that
+her father had flatly refused to allow her to take
+a regular position with one of the New York settlements,
+which would require her living on the East Side instead
+of at home. The note concluded:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, Philip, do come up for Sunday and let&#8217;s
+talk it over, for I am sadly at variance with my family,
+and I need your assistance and advice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Your very sincere,</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Gloria</i>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The letter left Dru in a strangely disturbed state
+of mind, and all during the trip up from New York
+his thoughts were on Gloria and what the future would
+bring forth to them both.</p>
+
+<p>On the afternoon following his arrival at the camp,
+as he and the young woman walked over the hills aflame
+with autumnal splendor, Gloria told of her bitter
+disappointment. The young man listened in sympathy,
+but after a long pause in which she saw him weighing
+the whole question in his mind, he said: &#8220;Well,
+Gloria, so far as your work alone is concerned, there
+is something better that you can do if you will. The
+most important things to be done now are not amongst
+the poor but amongst the rich. There is where you
+may become a forceful missionary for good. All of
+us can reach the poor, for they welcome us, but there
+are only a few who think like you, who can reach the
+rich and powerful.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let that be your field of endeavor. Do your
+work gently and with moderation, so that some at least
+may listen. If we would convince and convert, we must
+veil our thoughts and curb our enthusiasm, so that
+those we would influence will think us reasonable.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, Philip,&#8221; answered Gloria, &#8220;if
+you really think I can help the cause, of course--&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m sure you can help the cause. A lack
+of understanding is the chief obstacle, but, Gloria,
+you know that this is not an easy thing for me to
+say, for I realize that it will largely take you out
+of my life, for my path leads in the other direction.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It will mean that I will no longer have you
+as a daily inspiration, and the sordidness and loneliness
+will press all the harder, but we have seen the true
+path, and now have a clearer understanding of the meaning
+and importance of our work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And so, Philip, it is decided that you will
+go back to the East Side to your destiny, and I will
+remain here, there and everywhere, Newport, New York,
+Palm Beach, London, carrying on my work as I see it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They had wandered long and far by now, and had come
+again to the edge of the lofty forest that was a part
+of her father&#8217;s estate. They stood for a moment
+in that vast silence looking into each other&#8217;s
+eyes, and then they clasped hands over their tacit
+compact, and without a word, walked back to the bungalow.</p>
+
+<a name="XI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Selwyn Plots with Thor</h2>
+
+<p>For five years Gloria and Philip worked in their separate
+fields, but, nevertheless, coming in frequent touch
+with one another. Gloria proselyting the rich by showing
+them their selfishness, and turning them to a larger
+purpose in life, and Philip leading the forces of those
+who had consecrated themselves to the uplifting of
+the unfortunate. It did not take Philip long to discern
+that in the last analysis it would be necessary for
+himself and co-workers to reach the results aimed at
+through politics. Masterful and arrogant wealth, created
+largely by Government protection of its profits, not
+content with its domination and influence within a
+single party, had sought to corrupt them both, and
+to that end had insinuated itself into the primaries,
+in order that no candidates might be nominated whose
+views were not in accord with theirs.</p>
+
+<p>By the use of all the money that could be spent, by
+a complete and compact organization and by the most
+infamous sort of deception regarding his real opinions
+and intentions, plutocracy had succeeded in electing
+its creature to the Presidency. There had been formed
+a league, the membership of which was composed of
+one thousand multi-millionaires, each one contributing
+ten thousand dollars. This gave a fund of ten million
+dollars with which to mislead those that could be misled,
+and to debauch the weak and uncertain.</p>
+
+<p>This nefarious plan was conceived by a senator whose
+swollen fortune had been augmented year after year
+through the tributes paid him by the interests he
+represented. He had a marvelous aptitude for political
+manipulation and organization, and he forged a subtle
+chain with which to hold in subjection the natural
+impulses of the people. His plan was simple, but behind
+it was the cunning of a mind that had never known
+defeat. There was no man in either of the great political
+parties that was big enough to cope with him or to
+unmask his methods.</p>
+
+<p>Up to the advent of Senator Selwyn, the interests
+had not successfully concealed their hands. Sometimes
+the public had been mistaken as to the true character
+of their officials, but sooner or later the truth had
+developed, for in most instances, wealth was openly
+for or against certain men and measures. But the adroit
+Selwyn moved differently.</p>
+
+<p>His first move was to confer with John Thor, the high
+priest of finance, and unfold his plan to him, explaining
+how essential was secrecy. It was agreed between them
+that it should be known to the two of them only.</p>
+
+<p>Thor&#8217;s influence throughout commercial America
+was absolute. His wealth, his ability and even more
+the sum of the capital he could control through the
+banks, trust companies and industrial organizations,
+which he dominated, made his word as potent as that
+of a monarch.</p>
+
+<p>He and Selwyn together went over the roll and selected
+the thousand that were to give each ten thousand dollars.
+Some they omitted for one reason or another, but when
+they had finished they had named those who could make
+or break within a day any man or corporation within
+their sphere of influence. Thor was to send for each
+of the thousand and compliment him by telling him
+that there was a matter, appertaining to the general
+welfare of the business fraternity, which needed twenty
+thousand dollars, that he, Thor, would put up ten,
+and wanted him to put up as much, that sometime in
+the future, or never, as the circumstances might require,
+would he make a report as to the expenditure and purpose
+therefor.</p>
+
+<p>There were but few men of business between the Atlantic
+and Pacific, or between Canada and Mexico, who did
+not consider themselves fortunate in being called
+to New York by Thor, and in being asked to join him
+in a blind pool looking to the safe-guarding of wealth.
+Consequently, the amassing of this great corruption
+fund in secret was simple. If necessity had demanded
+it twice the sum could have been raised. The money
+when collected was placed in Thor&#8217;s name in different
+banks controlled by him, and Thor, from time to time,
+as requested by Selwyn, placed in banks designated
+by him whatever sums were needed. Selwyn then transferred
+these amounts to the private bank of his son-in-law,
+who became final paymaster. The result was that the
+public had no chance of obtaining any knowledge of
+the fund or how it was spent.</p>
+
+<p>The plan was simple, the result effective. Selwyn
+had no one to interfere with him. The members of the
+pool had contributed blindly to Thor, and Thor preferred
+not to know what Selwyn was doing nor how he did it.
+It was a one man power which in the hands of one possessing
+ability of the first class, is always potent for good
+or evil.</p>
+
+<p>Not only did Selwyn plan to win the Presidency, but
+he also planned to bring under his control both the
+Senate and the Supreme Court. He selected one man
+in each of thirty of the States, some of them belonging
+to his party and some to the opposition, whom he intended
+to have run for the Senate.</p>
+
+<p>If he succeeded in getting twenty of them elected,
+he counted upon having a good majority of the Senate,
+because there were already thirty-eight Senators upon
+whom he could rely in any serious attack upon corporate
+wealth.</p>
+
+<p>As to the Supreme Court, of the nine justices there
+were three that were what he termed &#8220;safe and
+sane,&#8221; and another that could be counted upon
+in a serious crisis.</p>
+
+<p>Three of them, upon whom he could not rely, were of
+advanced age, and it was practically certain that
+the next President would have that many vacancies
+to fill. Then there would be an easy working majority.</p>
+
+<p>His plan contemplated nothing further than this. His
+intention was to block all legislation adverse to
+the interests. He would have no new laws to fear,
+and of the old, the Supreme Court would properly interpret
+them.</p>
+
+<p>He did not intend that his Senators should all vote
+alike, speak alike, or act from apparently similar
+motives. Where they came from States dominated by
+corporate wealth, he would have them frankly vote in
+the open, and according to their conviction.</p>
+
+<p>When they came from agricultural States, where the
+sentiment was known as &#8220;progressive,&#8221;
+they could cover their intentions in many ways. One
+method was by urging an amendment so radical that no
+honest progressive would consent to it, and then refusing
+to support the more moderate measure because it did
+not go far enough. Another was to inject some clause
+that was clearly unconstitutional, and insist upon
+its adoption, and refusing to vote for the bill without
+its insertion.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn had no intention of letting any one Senator
+know that he controlled any other senator. There were
+to be no caucuses, no conferences of his making, or
+anything that looked like an organization. He was
+the center, and from him radiated everything appertaining
+to measures affecting &#8220;the interests.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="XII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Selwyn Seeks a Candidate</h2>
+
+<p>Selwyn then began carefully scrutinizing such public
+men in the States known as Presidential cradles, as
+seemed to him eligible. By a process of elimination
+he centered upon two that appeared desirable.</p>
+
+<p>One was James R. Rockland, recently elected Governor
+of a State of the Middle West. The man had many of
+the earmarks of a demagogue, which Selwyn readily
+recognized, and he therefore concluded to try him first.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly he went to the capital of the State ostensibly
+upon private business, and dropped in upon the Governor
+in the most casual way. Rockland was distinctly flattered
+by the attention, for Selwyn was, perhaps, the best
+known figure in American politics, while he, himself,
+had only begun to attract attention. They had met at
+conventions and elsewhere, but they were practically
+unacquainted, for Rockland had never been permitted
+to enter the charmed circle which gathered around
+Selwyn.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good morning, Governor,&#8221; said Selwyn,
+when he had been admitted to Rockland&#8217;s private
+room. &#8220;I was passing through the capital and
+I thought I would look in on you and see how your
+official cares were using you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am glad to see you, Senator,&#8221; said
+Rockland effusively, &#8220;very glad, for there are
+some party questions coming up at the next session
+of the Legislature about which I particularly desire
+your advice.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have but a moment now, Rockland,&#8221; answered
+the Senator, &#8220;but if you will dine with me in
+my rooms at the Mandell House to-night it will be a
+pleasure to talk over such matters with you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank you, Senator, at what hour?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You had better come at seven for if I finish
+my business here to-day, I shall leave on the 10 o&#8217;clock
+for Washington,&#8221; said Selwyn.</p>
+
+<p>Thus in the most casual way the meeting was arranged.
+As a matter of fact, Rockland had no party matters
+to discuss, and Selwyn knew it. He also knew that
+Rockland was ambitious to become a leader, and to get
+within the little group that controlled the party and
+the Nation.</p>
+
+<p>Rockland was a man of much ability, but he fell far
+short of measuring up with Selwyn, who was in a class
+by himself. The Governor was a good orator, at times
+even brilliant, and while not a forceful man, yet he
+had magnetism which served him still better in furthering
+his political fortunes. He was not one that could
+be grossly corrupted, yet he was willing to play to
+the galleries in order to serve his ambition, and he
+was willing to forecast his political acts in order
+to obtain potential support.</p>
+
+<p>When he reached the Mandell House, he was at once
+shown to the Senator&#8217;s rooms. Selwyn received
+him cordially enough to be polite, and asked him if
+he would not look over the afternoon paper for a moment
+while he finished a note he was writing. He wrote
+leisurely, then rang for a boy and ordered dinner
+to be served.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn merely tasted the wine (he seldom did more)
+but Rockland drank freely though not to excess. After
+they had talked over the local matters which were
+supposed to be the purpose of the conference, much
+to Rockland&#8217;s delight, the Senator began to discuss
+national politics.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Rockland,&#8221; began Selwyn, &#8220;can you
+hold this state in line at next year&#8217;s election?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I feel sure that I can, Senator, why do you
+ask?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Since we have been talking here,&#8221; he
+replied, &#8220;it has occurred to me that if you
+could be nominated and elected again, the party might
+do worse than to consider you for the presidential
+nomination the year following.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, my dear fellow, don&#8217;t interrupt me,&#8221;
+continued Selwyn mellifluously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is strange how fate or chance enters into
+the life of man and even of nations. A business matter
+calls me here, I pass your office and think to pay
+my respects to the Governor of the State. Some political
+questions are perplexing you, and my presence suggests
+that I may aid in their solution. This dinner follows,
+your personality appeals to me, and the thought flits
+through my mind, why should not Rockland, rather than
+some other man, lead the party two years from now?</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And the result, my dear Rockland, may be, probably
+will be, your becoming chief magistrate of the greatest
+republic the sun has ever shone on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Rockland by this time was fairly hypnotized by Selwyn&#8217;s
+words, and by their tremendous import. For a moment
+he dared not trust himself to speak.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Senator Selwyn,&#8221; he said at last, &#8220;it
+would be idle for me to deny that you have excited
+within me an ambition that a moment ago would have
+seemed worse than folly. Your influence within the
+party and your ability to conduct a campaign, gives
+to your suggestion almost the tender of the presidency.
+To tell you that I am deeply moved does scant justice
+to my feelings. If, after further consideration, you
+think me worthy of the honor, I shall feel under lasting
+obligations to you which I shall endeavor to repay
+in every way consistent with honor and with a sacred
+regard for my oath of office.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I want to tell you frankly, Rockland,&#8221;
+answered Selwyn, &#8220;that up to now I have had
+someone else in mind, but I am in no sense committed,
+and we might as well discuss the matter to as near
+a conclusion as is possible at this time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn&#8217;s voice hardened a little as he went
+on. &#8220;You would not want a nomination that could
+not carry with a reasonable certainty of election,
+therefore I would like to go over with you your record,
+both public and private, in the most open yet confidential
+way. It is better that you and I, in the privacy of
+these rooms, should lay bare your past than that it
+should be done in a bitter campaign and by your enemies.
+What we say to one another here is to be as if never
+spoken, and the grave itself must not be more silent.
+Your private life not only needs to be clean, but
+there must be no public act at which any one can point
+an accusing finger.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course, of course,&#8221; said Rockland,
+with a gesture meant to convey the complete openness
+of his record.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then comes the question of party regularity,&#8221;
+continued Selwyn, without noticing. &#8220;Be candid
+with me, for, if you are not, the recoil will be upon
+your own head.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am sure that I can satisfy you on every point,
+Senator. I have never scratched a party ticket nor
+have I ever voted against any measure endorsed by
+a party caucus,&#8221; said Governor Rockland.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That is well,&#8221; smiled the Senator. &#8220;I
+assume that in making your important appointments
+you will consult those of us who have stood sponsor
+for you, not only to the party but to the country.
+It would be very humiliating to me if I should insist
+upon your nomination and election and then should
+for four years have to apologize for what I had done.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Musingly, as if contemplating the divine presence
+in the works of man, Selwyn went on, while he closely
+watched Rockland from behind his half-closed eyelids.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Our scheme of Government contemplates, I think,
+a diffuse responsibility, my dear Rockland. While
+a president has a constitutional right to act alone,
+he has no moral right to act contrary to the tenets
+and traditions of his party, or to the advice of the
+party leaders, for the country accepts the candidate,
+the party and the party advisers as a whole and not
+severally.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is a natural check, which by custom the
+country has endorsed as wise, and which must be followed
+in order to obtain a proper organization. Do you follow
+me, Governor, and do you endorse this unwritten law?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>If Rockland had heard this at second hand, if he had
+read it, or if it had related to someone other than
+himself, he would have detected the sophistry of it.
+But, exhilarated by wine and intoxicated by ambition,
+he saw nothing but a pledge to deal squarely by the
+organization.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Senator,&#8221; he replied fulsomely, &#8220;gratitude
+is one of the tenets of my religion, and therefore
+inversely ingratitude is unknown to me. You and the
+organization can count on my loyalty from the beginning
+to the end, for I shall never fail you.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know you will not ask me to do anything at
+which my conscience will rebel, nor to make an appointment
+that is not entirely fit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That, Rockland, goes without saying,&#8221;
+answered the Senator with dignity. &#8220;I have all
+the wealth and all the position that I desire. I want
+nothing now except to do my share towards making my
+native land grow in prosperity, and to make the individual
+citizen more contented. To do this we must cease this
+eternal agitation, this constant proposal of half-baked
+measures, which the demagogues are offering as a panacea
+to all the ills that flesh is heir to.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We need peace, legislative and political peace,
+so that our people may turn to their industries and
+work them to success, in the wholesome knowledge that
+the laws governing commerce and trade conditions will
+not be disturbed over night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I agree with you there, Senator,&#8221; said
+Rockland eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We have more new laws now than we can digest
+in a decade,&#8221; continued Selwyn, &#8220;so let
+us have rest until we do digest them. In Europe the
+business world works under stable conditions. There
+we find no proposal to change the money system between
+moons, there we find no uncertainty from month to
+month regarding the laws under which manufacturers
+are to make their products, but with us, it is a wise
+man who knows when he can afford to enlarge his output.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A high tariff threatens to-day, a low one to-morrow,
+and a large part of the time the business world lies
+in helpless perplexity.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I take it, Rockland, that you are in favor
+of stability, that you will join me in my endeavors
+to give the country a chance to develop itself and
+its marvelous natural resources.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, Rockland&#8217;s career had given
+no evidence of such views. He had practically committed
+his political fortunes on the side of the progressives,
+but the world had turned around since then, and he
+viewed things differently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Senator,&#8221; he said, his voice tense in
+his anxiety to prove his reliability, &#8220;I find
+that in the past I have taken only a cursory view
+of conditions. I see clearly that what you have outlined
+is a high order of statesmanship. You are constructive:
+I have been on the side of those who would tear down.
+I will gladly join hands with you and build up, so
+that the wealth and power of this country shall come
+to equal that of any two nations in existence.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn settled back in his chair, nodding his approval
+and telling himself that he would not need to seek
+further for his candidate.</p>
+
+<p>At Rockland&#8217;s earnest solicitation he remained
+over another day. The Governor gave him copies of
+his speeches and messages, so that he could assure
+himself that there was no serious flaw in his public
+record.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn cautioned him about changing his attitude too
+suddenly. &#8220;Go on, Rockland, as you have done
+in the past. It will not do to see the light too quickly.
+You have the progressives with you now, keep them,
+and I will let the conservatives know that you think
+straight and may be trusted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We must consult frequently together,&#8221;
+he continued, &#8220;but cautiously. There is no need
+for any one to know that we are working together harmoniously.
+ I may even get some of the conservative papers to
+attack you judiciously. It will not harm you. But,
+above all, do nothing of importance without consulting
+me.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am committing the party and the Nation to
+you, and my responsibility is a heavy one, and I owe
+it to them that no mistakes are made.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You may trust me, Senator,&#8221; said Rockland.
+&#8220;I understand perfectly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="XIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Dru and Selwyn Meet</h2>
+
+<p>The roads of destiny oftentimes lead us in strange
+and unlooked for directions and bring together those
+whose thoughts and purposes are as wide as space itself.
+When Gloria Strawn first entered boarding school,
+the roommate given her was Janet Selwyn, the youngest
+daughter of the Senator. They were alike in nothing,
+except, perhaps, in their fine perception of truth
+and honor. But they became devoted friends and had
+carried their attachment for one another beyond their
+schoolgirl days. Gloria was a frequent visitor at
+the Selwyn household both in Washington and Philadelphia,
+and was a favorite with the Senator. He often bantered
+her concerning her &#8220;socialistic views,&#8221;
+and she in turn would declare that he would some day
+see the light. Now and then she let fall a hint of
+Philip, and one day Senator Selwyn suggested that she
+invite him over to Philadelphia to spend the week end
+with them. &#8220;Gloria, I would like to meet this
+paragon of the ages,&#8221; said he jestingly, &#8220;although
+I am somewhat fearful that he may persuade me to &#8216;sell
+all that I have and give it to the poor.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I will promise to protect you during this one
+visit, Senator,&#8221; said Gloria, &#8220;but after
+that I shall leave you to your fate.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dear Philip,&#8221; wrote Gloria, &#8220;the
+great Senator Selwyn has expressed a wish to know
+you, and at his suggestion, I am writing to ask you
+here to spend with us the coming week end. I have
+promised that you will not denude him of all his possessions
+at your first meeting, but beyond that I have refused
+to go. Seriously, though, I think you should come,
+for if you would know something of politics, then
+why not get your lessons from the fountain head?</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Your very sincere,</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Gloria</i>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In reply Philip wrote:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dear Gloria: You are ever anticipating my wishes.
+In the crusade we are making I find it essential to
+know politics, if we are to reach the final goal that
+we have in mind, and you have prepared the way for
+the first lesson. I will be over to-morrow on the
+four o&#8217;clock. Please do not bother to meet me.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Faithfully yours,</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;<i>Philip</i>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Gloria and Janet Strawn were at the station to meet
+him. &#8220;Janet, this is Mr. Dru,&#8221; said Gloria.
+&#8220;It makes me very happy to have my two best
+friends meet.&#8221; As they got in her electric runabout,
+Janet Strawn said, &#8220;Since dinner will not be
+served for two hours or more, let us drive in the
+park for a while.&#8221; Gloria was pleased to see
+that Philip was interested in the bright, vivacious
+chatter of her friend, and she was glad to hear him
+respond in the same light strain. However, she was
+confessedly nervous when Senator Selwyn and Philip
+met. Though in different ways, she admired them both
+profoundly. Selwyn had a delightful personality, and
+Gloria felt sure that Philip would come measurably
+under the influence of it, even though their views
+were so widely divergent. And in this she was right.
+Here, she felt, were two great antagonists, and she
+was eager for the intellectual battle to begin. But
+she was to be disappointed, for Philip became the listener,
+and did but little of the talking. He led Senator Selwyn
+into a dissertation upon the present conditions of
+the country, and the bearing of the political questions
+upon them. Selwyn said nothing indiscreet, yet he
+unfolded to Philip&#8217;s view a new and potential
+world. Later in the evening, the Senator was unsuccessful
+in his efforts to draw from his young guest his point
+of view. Philip saw the futility of such a discussion,
+and contented Selwyn by expressing an earnest appreciation
+of his patience in making clear so many things about
+which he had been ignorant. Next morning, Senator
+Selwyn was strolling with Gloria in the rose garden,
+when he said, &#8220;Gloria, I like your friend Dru.
+I do not recall ever having met any one like him.&#8221;
+&#8220;Then you got him to talk after we left last
+night. I am so glad. I was afraid he had on one of
+his quiet spells.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, he said but little, but the questions he
+asked gave me glimpses of his mind that sometimes
+startled me. He was polite, modest but elusive, nevertheless,
+I like him, and shall see more of him.&#8221; Far sighted
+as Selwyn was, he did not know the full extent of
+this prophecy.</p>
+
+<a name="XIV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XIV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Making of a President</h2>
+
+<p>Selwyn now devoted himself to the making of enough
+conservative senators to control comfortably that
+body. The task was not difficult to a man of his sagacity
+with all the money he could spend.</p>
+
+<p>Newspapers were subsidized in ways they scarcely recognized
+themselves. Honest officials who were in the way were
+removed by offering them places vastly more remunerative,
+and in this manner he built up a strong, intelligent
+and well constructed machine. It was done so sanely
+and so quietly that no one suspected the master mind
+behind it all. Selwyn was responsible to no one, took
+no one into his confidence, and was therefore in no
+danger of betrayal.</p>
+
+<p>It was a fascinating game to Selwyn. It appealed to
+his intellectual side far more than it did to his
+avarice. He wanted to govern the Nation with an absolute
+hand, and yet not be known as the directing power.
+He arranged to have his name appear less frequently
+in the press and he never submitted to interviews,
+laughingly ridding himself of reporters by asserting
+that he knew nothing of importance. He had a supreme
+contempt for the blatant self-advertised politician,
+and he removed himself as far as possible from that
+type.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime his senators were being elected, the
+Rockland sentiment was steadily growing and his nomination
+was finally brought about by the progressives fighting
+vigorously for him and the conservatives yielding
+a reluctant consent. It was done so adroitly that Rockland
+would have been fooled himself, had not Selwyn informed
+him in advance of each move as it was made.</p>
+
+<p>After the nomination, Selwyn had trusted men put in
+charge of the campaign, which he organized himself,
+though largely under cover. The opposition party had
+every reason to believe that they would be successful,
+and it was a great intellectual treat to Selwyn to
+overcome their natural advantages by the sheer force
+of ability, plus what money he needed to carry out
+his plans. He put out the cry of lack of funds, and
+indeed it seemed to be true, for he was too wise to
+make a display of his resources. To ward heelers,
+to the daily press, and to professional stump speakers,
+he gave scant comfort. It was not to such sources
+that he looked for success.</p>
+
+<p>He began by eliminating all states he knew the opposition
+party would certainly carry, but he told the party
+leaders there to claim that a revolution was brewing,
+and that a landslide would follow at the election.
+This would keep his antagonists busy and make them
+less effective elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p>He also ignored the states where his side was sure
+to win. In this way he was free to give his entire
+thoughts to the twelve states that were debatable,
+and upon whose votes the election would turn. He divided
+each of these states into units containing five thousand
+voters, and, at the national headquarters, he placed
+one man in charge of each unit. Of the five thousand,
+he roughly calculated there would be two thousand
+voters that no kind of persuasion could turn from his
+party and two thousand that could not be changed from
+the opposition. This would leave one thousand doubtful
+ones to win over. So he had a careful poll made in
+each unit, and eliminated the strictly unpersuadable
+party men, and got down to a complete analysis of
+the debatable one thousand. Information was obtained
+as to their race, religion, occupation and former
+political predilection. It was easy then to know how
+to reach each individual by literature, by persuasion
+or perhaps by some more subtle argument. No mistake
+was made by sending the wrong letter or the wrong
+man to any of the desired one thousand.</p>
+
+<p>In the states so divided, there was, at the local
+headquarters, one man for each unit just as at the
+national headquarters. So these two had only each
+other to consider, and their duty was to bring to Rockland
+a majority of the one thousand votes within their
+charge. The local men gave the conditions, the national
+men gave the proper literature and advice, and the
+local man then applied it. The money that it cost to
+maintain such an organization was more than saved from
+the waste that would have occurred under the old method.</p>
+
+<p>The opposition management was sending out tons of
+printed matter, but they sent it to state headquarters
+that, in turn, distributed it to the county organizations,
+where it was dumped into a corner and given to visitors
+when asked for. Selwyn&#8217;s committee used one-fourth
+as much printed matter, but it went in a sealed envelope,
+along with a cordial letter, direct to a voter that
+had as yet not decided how he would vote.</p>
+
+<p>The opposition was sending speakers at great expense
+from one end of the country to the other, and the
+sound of their voices rarely fell on any but friendly
+and sympathetic ears. Selwyn sent men into his units
+to personally persuade each of the one thousand hesitating
+voters to support the Rockland ticket.</p>
+
+<p>The opposition was spending large sums upon the daily
+press. Selwyn used the weekly press so that he could
+reach the fireside of every farmer and the dweller
+in the small country towns. These were the ones that
+would read every line in their local papers and ponder
+over it.</p>
+
+<p>The opposition had its candidates going by special
+train to every part of the Union, making many speeches
+every day, and mostly to voters that could not be
+driven from him either by force or persuasion. The
+leaders in cities, both large and small, would secure
+a date and, having in mind for themselves a postmastership
+or collectorship, would tell their followers to turn
+out in great force and give the candidate a big ovation.
+They wanted the candidate to remember the enthusiasm
+of these places, and to leave greatly pleased and
+under the belief that he was making untold converts.
+As a matter of fact his voice would seldom reach any
+but a staunch partisan.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn kept Rockland at home, and arranged to have
+him meet by special appointment the important citizens
+of the twelve uncertain states. He would have the
+most prominent party leader, in a particular state,
+go to a rich brewer or large manufacturer, whose views
+had not yet been crystallized, and say, &#8220;Governor
+Rockland has expressed a desire to know you, and I
+would like to arrange a meeting.&#8221; The man approached
+would be flattered to think he was of such importance
+that a candidate for the presidency had expressed
+a desire to meet him. He would know it was his influence
+that was wanted but, even so, there was a subtle flattery
+in that. An appointment would be arranged. Just before
+he came into Rockland&#8217;s presence, his name and
+a short epitome of his career would be handed to Rockland
+to read. When he reached Rockland&#8217;s home he would
+at first be denied admittance. His sponsor would say,--&#8220;this
+is Mr. Munting of Muntingville.&#8221; &#8220;Oh,
+pardon me, Mr. Munting, Governor Rockland expects
+you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>And in this way he is ushered into the presence of
+the great. His fame, up to a moment ago, was unknown
+to Rockland, but he now grasps his hand cordially
+and says,--&#8220;I am delighted to know you, Mr. Munting.
+I recall the address you made a few years ago when
+you gave a library to Muntingville. It is men of your
+type that have made America what it is to-day, and,
+whether you support me or not, if I am elected President
+it is such as you that I hope will help sustain my
+hands in my effort to give to our people a clean,
+sane and conservative government.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>When Munting leaves he is stepping on air. He sees
+visions of visits to Washington to consult the President
+upon matters of state, and perhaps he sees an ambassadorship
+in the misty future. He becomes Rockland&#8217;s
+ardent supporter, and his purse is open and his influence
+is used to the fullest extent.</p>
+
+<p>And this was Selwyn&#8217;s way. It was all so simple.
+The opposition was groaning under the thought of having
+one hundred millions of people to reach, and of having
+to persuade a majority of twenty millions of voters
+to take their view.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn had only one thousand doubtful voters in each
+of a few units on his mind, and he knew the very day
+when a majority of them had decided to vote for Rockland,
+and that his fight was won. The pay-roll of the opposition
+was filled with incompetent political hacks, that had
+been fastened upon the management by men of influence.
+Selwyn&#8217;s force, from end to end, was composed
+of able men who did a full day&#8217;s work under the
+eye of their watchful taskmaster.</p>
+
+<p>And Selwyn won and Rockland became the keystone of
+the arch he had set out to build.</p>
+
+<p>There followed in orderly succession the inauguration,
+the selection of cabinet officers and the new administration
+was launched.</p>
+
+<p>Drunk with power and the adulation of sycophants,
+once or twice Rockland asserted himself, and acted
+upon important matters without having first conferred
+with Selwyn. But, after he had been bitterly assailed
+by Selwyn&#8217;s papers and by his senators, he made
+no further attempts at independence. He felt that
+he was utterly helpless in that strong man&#8217;s
+hands, and so, indeed, he was.</p>
+
+<p>One of the Supreme Court justices died, two retired
+because of age, and all were replaced by men suggested
+by Selwyn.</p>
+
+<p>He now had the Senate, the Executive and a majority
+of the Court of last resort. The government was in
+his hands. He had reached the summit of his ambition,
+and the joy of it made all his work seem worth while.</p>
+
+<p>But Selwyn, great man that he was, did not know, could
+not know, that when his power was greatest it was
+most insecure. He did not know, could not know, what
+force was working to his ruin and to the ruin of his
+system.</p>
+
+<p>Take heart, therefore, you who had lost faith in the
+ultimate destiny of the Republic, for a greater than
+Selwyn is here to espouse your cause. He comes panoplied
+in justice and with the light of reason in his eyes.
+He comes as the advocate of equal opportunity and he
+comes with the power to enforce his will.</p>
+
+<a name="XV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Exultant Conspirators</h2>
+
+<p>It was a strange happening, the way the disclosure
+was made and the Nation came to know of the Selwyn-Thor
+conspiracy to control the government.</p>
+
+<p>Thor, being without any delicate sense of honor, was
+in the habit of using a dictagraph to record what
+was intended to be confidential conversations. He
+would take these confidential records, clearly mark
+them, and place them in his private safe within the
+vault. When the transaction to which they related
+was closed he destroyed them.</p>
+
+<p>The character of the instrument was carefully concealed.
+ It was a part of a massive piece of office furniture,
+which answered for a table as well. In order to facilitate
+his correspondence, he often used it for dictating,
+and no one but Thor knew that it was ever put into
+commission for other purposes.</p>
+
+<p>He had never, but once, had occasion to use a record
+that related to a private conversation or agreement.
+Then it concerned a matter involving a large sum,
+a demand having been made upon him that smacked of
+blackmail. He arranged a meeting, which his opponent
+regarded as an indication that he was willing to yield.
+There were present the contestant, his lawyer, Thor&#8217;s
+counsel and Thor himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Before discussing the business that is before
+us,&#8221; said Thor, &#8220;I think you would all
+enjoy, more or less, a record which I have in my dictagraph,
+and which I have just listened to with a great deal
+of pleasure.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He handed a tube to each and started the machine.
+It is a pity that Hogarth could not have been present
+to have painted the several expressions that came
+upon the faces of those four. A quiet but amused satisfaction
+beamed from Thor, and his counsel could not conceal
+a broad smile, but the wretched victim was fairly
+sick from mortification and defeated avarice. He
+finally could stand no more and took the tube from
+his ear, reached for his hat and was gone.</p>
+
+<p>Thor had not seen Selwyn for a long time, but one
+morning, when he was expecting another for whom he
+had his dictagraph set, Selwyn was announced. He asked
+him in and gave orders that they were not to be disturbed.
+When Selwyn had assured himself that they were absolutely
+alone he told Thor his whole story.</p>
+
+<p>It was of absorbing interest, and Thor listened fairly
+hypnotized by the recital, which at times approached
+the dramatic. It was the first time that Selwyn had
+been able to unbosom himself, and he enjoyed the impression
+he was making upon the great financier. When he told
+how Rockland had made an effort for freedom and how
+he brought him back, squirming under his defeat, they
+laughed joyously.</p>
+
+<p>Rich though he was beyond the dreams of avarice, rich
+as no man had ever before been, Thor could not refrain
+from a mental calculation of how enormously such a
+situation advanced his fortune. There was to be no
+restriction now, he could annihilate and absorb at
+will. He had grown so powerful that his mental equilibrium
+was unbalanced upon the question of accretion. He
+wanted more, he must have more, and now, by the aid
+of Selwyn, he would have more. He was so exultant
+that he gave some expression to his thoughts, and
+Selwyn, cynical as he was, was shocked and began to
+fear the consequences of his handiwork.</p>
+
+<p>He insisted upon Selwyn&#8217;s lunching with him
+in order to celebrate the triumph of &#8220;their&#8221;
+plan. Selwyn was amused at the plural. They went to
+a near-by club and remained for several hours talking
+of things of general interest, for Selwyn refused
+to discuss his victory after they had left the protecting
+walls of Thor&#8217;s office.</p>
+
+<p>Thor had forgotten his other engagement, and along
+with it he forgot the dictagraph that he had set.
+When he returned to his office he could not recall
+whether or not he had set the dictagraph. He looked
+at it, saw that it was not set, but that there was
+an unused record in it and dismissed it from his mind.
+He wanted no more business for the day. He desired
+to get out and walk and think and enjoy the situation.
+And so he went, a certain unholy joy within his warped
+and money-soddened heart.</p>
+
+<a name="XVI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XVI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Exposure</h2>
+
+<p>Long after Thor had gone, long after the day had dwindled
+into twilight and the twilight had shaded into dusk,
+Thomas Spears, his secretary, sat and pondered. After
+Thor and Selwyn had left the office for luncheon he
+had gone to the dictagraph to see whether there was
+anything for him to take. He found the record, saw
+it had been used, removed it to his machine and got
+ready to transmit. He was surprised to find that it
+was Selwyn&#8217;s voice that came to him, then Thor&#8217;s,
+and again Selwyn&#8217;s. He knew then that it was
+not intended for dictation, that there was some mistake
+and yet he held it until he had gotten the whole of
+the mighty conspiracy. Pale and greatly agitated he
+remained motionless for a long time. Then he returned
+to Thor&#8217;s office, placed a new record in the
+machine and closed it.</p>
+
+<p>Spears came from sturdy New England stock and was
+at heart a patriot. He had come to New York largely
+by accident of circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>Spears had a friend named Harry Tracy, with whom he
+had grown up in the little Connecticut village they
+called home, and who was distantly related to Thor,
+whose forebears also came from that vicinity. They
+had gone to the same commercial school, and were trained
+particularly in stenography and typing. Tracy sought
+and obtained a place in Thor&#8217;s office. He was
+attentive to his duties, very accurate, and because
+of his kinship and trustworthiness, Thor made him
+his confidential secretary. The work became so heavy
+that Tracy got permission to employ an assistant.
+ He had Spears in mind for the place, and, after conferring
+with Thor, offered it to him.</p>
+
+<p>Thor consented largely because he preferred some one
+who had not lived in New York, and was in no way entangled
+with the life and sentiment of the city. Being from
+New England himself, he trusted the people of that
+section as he did no others.</p>
+
+<p>So Thomas Spears was offered the place and gladly
+accepted it. He had not been there long before he
+found himself doing all the stenographic work and
+typing.</p>
+
+<p>Spears was a man of few words. He did his work promptly
+and well. Thor had him closely shadowed for a long
+while, and the report came that he had no bad habits
+and but few companions and those of the best. But Thor
+could get no confidential report upon the workings
+of his mind. He did not know that his conscience sickened
+at what he learned through the correspondence and
+from his fellow clerks. He did not know that his every
+heart beat was for the unfortunates that came within
+the reach of Thor&#8217;s avarice, and were left the
+merest derelicts upon the financial seas.</p>
+
+<p>All the clerks were gone, the lights were out and
+Spears sat by the window looking out over the great
+modern Babylon, still fighting with his conscience.
+His sense of loyalty to the man who gave him his livelihood
+rebelled at the thought of treachery. It was not unlike
+accepting food and shelter and murdering your benefactor,
+for Spears well knew that in the present state of
+the public mind if once the truth were known, it would
+mean death to such as Thor. For with a fatuous ignorance
+of public feeling the interests had gone blindly on,
+conceding nothing, stifling competition and absorbing
+the wealth and energies of the people.</p>
+
+<p>Spears knew that the whole social and industrial fabric
+of the nation was at high tension, and that it needed
+but a spark to explode. He held within his hand that
+spark. Should he plunge the country, his country,
+into a bloody internecine war, or should he let the
+Selwyns and the Thors trample the hopes, the fortunes
+and the lives of the people under foot for still another
+season. If he held his peace it did but postpone the
+conflict.</p>
+
+<p>The thought flashed through his mind of the bigness
+of the sum any one of the several great dailies would
+give to have the story. And then there followed a
+sense of shame that he could think of such a thing.</p>
+
+<p>He felt that he was God&#8217;s instrument for good
+and that he should act accordingly. He was aroused
+now, he would no longer parley with his conscience.
+What was best to do? That was the only question left
+to debate.</p>
+
+<p>He looked at an illuminated clock upon a large white
+shaft that lifted its marble shoulders towards the
+stars. It was nine o&#8217;clock. He turned on the
+lights, ran over the telephone book until he reached
+the name of what he considered the most important
+daily. He said: &#8220;Mr. John Thor&#8217;s office
+desires to speak with the Managing Editor.&#8221; This
+at once gave him the connection he desired.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This is Mr. John Thor&#8217;s secretary, and
+I would like to see you immediately upon a matter
+of enormous public importance. May I come to your
+office at once?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>There was something in the voice that startled the
+newspaper man, and he wondered what Thor&#8217;s office
+could possibly want with him concerning any matter,
+public or private. However, he readily consented to
+an interview and waited with some impatience for the
+quarter of an hour to go by that was necessary to
+cover the distance. He gave orders to have Spears
+brought in as soon as he arrived.</p>
+
+<p>When Spears came he told the story with hesitation
+and embarrassment. The Managing Editor thought at
+first that he was in the presence of a lunatic, but
+after a few questions he began to believe. He had a
+dictagraph in his office and asked for the record.
+He was visibly agitated when the full import of the
+news became known to him. Spears insisted that the
+story be given to all the city papers and to the Associated
+Press, which the Managing Editor promised to do.</p>
+
+<p>When the story was read the next morning by America&#8217;s
+millions, it was clear to every far-sighted person
+that a crisis had come and that revolution was imminent.
+Men at once divided themselves into groups. Now, as
+it has ever been, the very poor largely went with the
+rich and powerful. The reason for this may be partly
+from fear and partly from habit. They had seen the
+struggle going on for centuries and with but one result.</p>
+
+<p>A mass meeting was called to take place the day following
+at New York&#8217;s largest public hall. The call
+was not inflammatory, but asked &#8220;all good citizens
+to lend their counsel and influence to the rectification
+of those abuses that had crept into the Government,&#8221;
+and it was signed by many of the best known men in
+the Nation.</p>
+
+<p>The hall was packed to its limits an hour before the
+time named. A distinguished college president from
+a nearby town was given the chair, and in a few words
+he voiced the indignation and the humiliation which
+they all felt. Then one speaker after another bitterly
+denounced the administration, and advocated the overthrow
+of the Government. One, more intemperate than the
+rest, urged an immediate attack on Thor and all his
+kind. This was met by a roar of approval.</p>
+
+<p>Philip had come early and was seated well in front.
+In the pandemonium that now prevailed no speaker could
+be heard. Finally Philip fought his way to the stage,
+gave his name to the chairman, and asked to be heard.</p>
+
+<p>When the white-haired college president arose there
+was a measure of quiet, and when he mentioned Philip&#8217;s
+name and they saw his splendid, homely face there
+was a curious hush. He waited for nearly a minute
+after perfect quiet prevailed, and then, in a voice
+like a deep-toned bell, he spoke with such fervor
+and eloquence that one who was present said afterwards
+that he knew the hour and the man had come. Philip
+explained that hasty and ill-considered action had
+ruined other causes as just as theirs, and advised
+moderation. He suggested that a committee be named
+by the chairman to draw up a plan of procedure, to
+be presented at another meeting to be held the following
+night. This was agreed to, and the chairman received
+tremendous applause when he named Philip first.</p>
+
+<p>This meeting had been called so quickly, and the names
+attached to the call were so favorably known, that
+the country at large seemed ready to wait upon its
+conclusions.</p>
+
+<p>It was apparent from the size and earnestness of the
+second gathering that the interest was growing rather
+than abating.</p>
+
+<p>Philip read the plan which his committee had formulated,
+and then explained more at length their reasons for
+offering it. Briefly, it advised no resort to violence,
+but urged immediate organization and cooperation with
+citizens throughout the United States who were in
+sympathy with the movement. He told them that the conscience
+of the people was now aroused, and that there would
+be no halting until the Government was again within
+their hands to be administered for the good of the
+many instead of for the good of a rapacious few.</p>
+
+<p>The resolutions were sustained, and once more Philip
+was placed at the head of a committee to perfect not
+only a state, but a national organization as well.
+Calls for funds to cover preliminary expenses brought
+immediate and generous response, and the contest was
+on.</p>
+
+<a name="XVII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XVII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Selwyn and Thor Defend Themselves</h2>
+
+<p>In the meantime Selwyn and Thor had issued an address,
+defending their course as warranted by both the facts
+and the law.</p>
+
+<p>They said that the Government had been honeycombed
+by irresponsible demagogues, that were fattening upon
+the credulity of the people to the great injury of
+our commerce and prosperity, that no laws unfriendly
+to the best interests had been planned, and no act
+had been contemplated inconsistent with the dignity
+and honor of the Nation. They contended that in protecting
+capital against vicious assaults, they were serving
+the cause of labor and advancing the welfare of all.</p>
+
+<p>Thor&#8217;s whereabouts was a mystery, but Selwyn,
+brave and defiant, pursued his usual way.</p>
+
+<p>President Rockland also made a statement defending
+his appointments of Justices of the Supreme Court,
+and challenged anyone to prove them unfit. He said
+that, from the foundation of the Government, it had
+become customary for a President to make such appointments
+from amongst those whose views were in harmony with
+his own, that in this case he had selected men of
+well known integrity, and of profound legal ability,
+and, because they were such, they were brave enough
+to stand for the right without regard to the clamor
+of ill-advised and ignorant people. He stated that
+he would continue to do his duty, and that he would
+uphold the constitutional rights of all the people
+without distinction to race, color or previous condition.</p>
+
+<p>Acting under Selwyn&#8217;s advice, Rockland began
+to concentrate quietly troops in the large centers
+of population. He also ordered the fleets into home
+waters. A careful inquiry was made regarding the views
+of the several Governors within easy reach of Washington,
+and, finding most of them favorable to the Government,
+he told them that in case of disorder he would honor
+their requisition for federal troops. He advised a
+thorough overlooking of the militia, and the weeding
+out of those likely to sympathize with the &#8220;mob.&#8221;
+If trouble came, he promised to act promptly and forcefully,
+and not to let mawkish sentiment encourage further
+violence.</p>
+
+<p>He recalled to them that the French Revolution was
+caused, and continued, by the weakness and inertia
+of Louis Fifteenth and his ministers and that the
+moment the Directorate placed Bonaparte in command
+of a handful of troops, and gave him power to act,
+by the use of grape and ball he brought order in a
+day. It only needed a quick and decisive use of force,
+he thought, and untold suffering and bloodshed would
+be averted.</p>
+
+<p>President Rockland believed what he said. He seemed
+not to know that Bonaparte dealt with a ragged, ignorant
+mob, and had back of him a nation that had been in
+a drunken and bloody orgy for a period of years and
+wanted to sober up. He seemed not to know that in this
+contest, the clear-brained, sturdy American patriot
+was enlisted against him and what he represented,
+and had determined to come once more into his own.</p>
+
+<a name="XVIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XVIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Gloria&#8217;s Work Bears Fruit</h2>
+
+<p>In her efforts towards proselyting the rich, Gloria
+had not neglected her immediate family. By arguments
+and by bringing to the fore concrete examples to illustrate
+them, she had succeeded in awakening within her father
+a curious and unhappy frame of mind. That shifting
+and illusive thing we call conscience was beginning
+to assert itself in divers ways.</p>
+
+<p>The first glimpse that Gloria had of his change of
+heart was at a dinner party. The discussion began
+by a dyspeptic old banker declaring that before the
+business world could bring the laboring classes to
+their senses it would be necessary to shut down the
+factories for a time and discontinue new enterprises
+in order that their dinner buckets and stomachs might
+become empty.</p>
+
+<p>Before Gloria could take up the cudgels in behalf
+of those seeking a larger share of the profits of
+their labor, Mr. Strawn had done so. The debate between
+the two did not last long and was not unduly heated,
+but Gloria knew that the Rubicon had been crossed
+and that in the future she would have a powerful ally
+in her father.</p>
+
+<p>Neither had she been without success in other directions,
+and she was, therefore, able to report to Philip very
+satisfactory progress. In one of their many conferences
+she was glad to be able to tell him that in the future
+abundant financial backing was assured for any cause
+recommended by either of them as being worthy. This
+was a long step forward, and Philip congratulated
+Gloria upon her efficient work.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you remember, Gloria,&#8221; he said, &#8220;how
+unhappy you were over the thought of laboring among
+the rich instead of the poor? And yet, contemplate
+the result. You have not only given some part of your
+social world an insight into real happiness, but you
+are enabling the balance of us to move forward at
+a pace that would have been impossible without your
+aid.&#8221; Gloria flushed with pleasure at his generous
+praise and replied: &#8220;It is good of you, Philip,
+to give me so large a credit, and I will not deny
+that I am very happy over the outcome of my endeavors,
+unimportant though they be. I am so glad, Philip, that
+you have been given the leadership of our side in
+the coming struggle, for I shall now feel confident
+of success.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do not be too sure, Gloria. We have the right
+and a majority of the American people with us; yet,
+on the other hand, we have opposed to us not only
+resourceful men but the machinery of a great Government
+buttressed by unlimited wealth and credit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why could not I &#8216;try out&#8217; the sincerity
+of my rich converts and get them to help finance your
+campaign?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Happy thought! If you succeed in doing that,
+Gloria, you will become the Joan d&#8217;Arc of our
+cause, and unborn generations will hold you in grateful
+remembrance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How you do enthuse one, Philip. I feel already
+as if my name were written high upon the walls of
+my country&#8217;s Valhalla. Tell me how great a fund
+you will require, and I will proceed at once to build
+the golden ladder upon which I am to climb to fame.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You need not make light of your suggestion
+in this matter, Gloria, for the lack of funds with
+which to organize is essentially our weakest point.
+With money we can overthrow the opposition, without
+it I am afraid they may defeat us. As to the amount
+needed, I can set no limit. The more you get the more
+perfectly can we organize. Do what you can and do
+it quickly, and be assured that if the sum is considerable
+and if our cause triumphs, you will have been the
+most potent factor of us all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>And then they parted; Gloria full of enthusiasm over
+her self-appointed task, and Philip with a silent
+prayer for her success.</p>
+
+<a name="XIX"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XIX</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">War Clouds Hover</h2>
+
+<p>Gloria was splendidly successful in her undertaking
+and within two weeks she was ready to place at Philip&#8217;s
+disposal an amount far in excess of anything he had
+anticipated.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It was so easy that I have a feeling akin to
+disappointment that I did not have to work harder,&#8221;
+she wrote in her note to Philip announcing the result.
+&#8220;When I explained the purpose and the importance
+of the outcome, almost everyone approached seemed
+eager to have a share in the undertaking.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>In his reply of thanks, Philip said, &#8220;The sum
+you have realized is far beyond any figure I had in
+mind. With what we have collected throughout the country,
+it is entirely sufficient, I think, to effect a preliminary
+organization, both political and military. If the final
+result is to be civil war, then the states that cast
+their fortunes with ours, will, of necessity, undertake
+the further financing of the struggle.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Philip worked assiduously upon his organization. It
+was first intended to make it political and educational,
+but when the defiant tone of Selwyn, Thor and Rockland
+was struck, and their evident intention of using force
+became apparent, he almost wholly changed it into a
+military organization. His central bureau was now
+in touch with every state, and he found in the West
+a grim determination to bring matters to a conclusion
+as speedily as possible.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, he was sparring for time. He knew
+his various groups were in no condition to be pitted
+against any considerable number of trained regulars.
+He hoped, too, that actual conflict would be avoided,
+and that a solution could be arrived at when the forthcoming
+election for representatives occurred.</p>
+
+<p>It was evident that a large majority of the people
+were with them: the problem was to get a fair and
+legal expression of opinion. As yet, there was no
+indication that this would not be granted.</p>
+
+<p>The preparations on both sides became so open, that
+there was no longer any effort to work under cover.
+Philip cautioned his adherents against committing
+any overt act. He was sure that the administration
+forces would seize the slightest pretext to precipitate
+action, and that, at this time, would give them an
+enormous advantage.</p>
+
+<p>He himself trained the men in his immediate locality,
+and he also had the organization throughout the country
+trained, but without guns. The use of guns would not
+have been permitted except to regular authorized militia.
+The drilling was done with wooden guns, each man hewing
+out a stick to the size and shape of a modern rifle.
+At his home, carefully concealed, each man had his
+rifle.</p>
+
+<p>And then came the election. Troops were at the polls
+and a free ballot was denied. It was the last straw.
+Citizens gathering after nightfall in order to protest
+were told to disperse immediately, and upon refusal,
+were fired upon. The next morning showed a death roll
+in the large centers of population that was appalling.</p>
+
+<p>Wisconsin was the state in which there was the largest
+percentage of the citizenship unfavorable to the administration
+and to the interests. Iowa, Minnesota and Nebraska
+were closely following.</p>
+
+<p>Philip concluded to make his stand in the West, and
+he therefore ordered the men in every organization
+east of the Mississippi to foregather at once at Madison,
+and to report to him there. He was in constant touch
+with those Governors who were in sympathy with the
+progressive or insurgent cause, and he wired the Governor
+of Wisconsin, in cipher, informing him of his intentions.</p>
+
+<p>As yet travel had not been seriously interrupted,
+though business was largely at a standstill, and there
+was an ominous quiet over the land. The opposition
+misinterpreted this, and thought that the people had
+been frightened by the unexpected show of force. Philip
+knew differently, and he also knew that civil war
+had begun. He communicated his plans to no one, but
+he had the campaign well laid out. It was his intention
+to concentrate in Wisconsin as large a force as could
+be gotten from his followers east and south of that
+state, and to concentrate again near Des Moines every
+man west of Illinois whom he could enlist. It was his
+purpose then to advance simultaneously both bodies
+of troops upon Chicago.</p>
+
+<p>In the south there had developed a singular inertia.
+Neither side counted upon material help or opposition
+there.</p>
+
+<p>The great conflict covering the years from 1860 to
+1865 was still more than a memory, though but few
+living had taken part in it. The victors in that mighty
+struggle thought they had been magnanimous to the
+defeated but the well-informed Southerner knew that
+they had been made to pay the most stupendous penalty
+ever exacted in modern times. At one stroke of the
+pen, two thousand millions of their property was taken
+from them. A pension system was then inaugurated that
+taxed the resources of the Nation to pay. By the year
+1927 more than five thousand millions had gone to
+those who were of the winning side. Of this the South
+was taxed her part, receiving nothing in return.</p>
+
+<p>Cynical Europe said that the North would have it appear
+that a war had been fought for human freedom, whereas
+it seemed that it was fought for money. It forgot
+the many brave and patriotic men who enlisted because
+they held the Union to be one and indissoluble, and
+were willing to sacrifice their lives to make it so,
+and around whom a willing and grateful government
+threw its protecting arms. And it confused those deserving
+citizens with the unworthy many, whom pension agents
+and office seekers had debauched at the expense of
+the Nation. Then, too, the South remembered that one
+of the immediate results of emancipation was that
+millions of ignorant and indigent people were thrown
+upon the charity and protection of the Southern people,
+to care for and to educate. In some states sixty per
+cent, of the population were negroes, and they were
+as helpless as children and proved a heavy burden upon
+the forty per cent. of whites.</p>
+
+<p>In rural populations more schoolhouses had to be maintained,
+and more teachers employed for the number taught,
+and the percentage of children per capita was larger
+than in cities. Then, of necessity, separate schools
+had to be maintained. So, altogether, the load was
+a heavy one for an impoverished people to carry.</p>
+
+<p>The humane, the wise, the patriotic thing to have
+done, was for the Nation to have assumed the responsibility
+of the education of the negroes for at least one generation.</p>
+
+<p>What a contrast we see in England&#8217;s treatment
+of the Boers. After a long and bloody war, which drew
+heavily upon the lives and treasures of the Nation,
+England&#8217;s first act was to make an enormous grant
+to the conquered Boers, that they might have every
+facility to regain their shattered fortunes, and bring
+order and prosperity to their distracted land.</p>
+
+<p>We see the contrast again in that for nearly a half
+century after the Civil War was over, no Southerner
+was considered eligible for the Presidency.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, within a few years after the African
+Revolution ended, a Boer General, who had fought throughout
+the war with vigor and distinction, was proposed and
+elected Premier of the United Colonies.</p>
+
+<p>Consequently, while sympathizing with the effort to
+overthrow Selwyn&#8217;s government, the South moved
+slowly and with circumspection.</p>
+
+<a name="XX"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XX</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Civil War Begins</h2>
+
+<p>General Dru brought together an army of fifty thousand
+men at Madison and about forty thousand near Des Moines,
+and recruits were coming in rapidly.</p>
+
+<p>President Rockland had concentrated twenty thousand
+regulars and thirty thousand militia at Chicago, and
+had given command to Major General Newton, he who,
+several years previously, won the first medal given
+by the War Department for the best solution of the
+military problem.</p>
+
+<p>The President also made a call for two hundred thousand
+volunteers. The response was in no way satisfactory,
+so he issued a formal demand upon each state to furnish
+its quota.</p>
+
+<p>The states that were in sympathy with his administration
+responded, the others ignored the call.</p>
+
+<p>General Dru learned that large reinforcements had
+been ordered to Chicago, and he therefore at once
+moved upon that place. He had a fair equipment of
+artillery, considering he was wholly dependent upon
+that belonging to the militia of those states that
+had ranged themselves upon his side, and at several
+points in the West, he had seized factories and plants
+making powder, guns, clothing and camp equipment. He
+ordered the Iowa division to advance at the same time,
+and the two forces were joined at a point about fifty
+miles south of Chicago.</p>
+
+<p>General Newton was daily expecting re&#235;nforcements,
+but they failed to reach him before Dru made it impossible
+for them to pass through.</p>
+
+<p>Newton at first thought to attack the Iowa division
+and defeat it, and then meet the Wisconsin division,
+but he hesitated to leave Chicago lest Dru should
+take the place during his absence.</p>
+
+<p>With both divisions united, and with recruits constantly
+arriving, Dru had an army of one hundred and fifty
+thousand men.</p>
+
+<p>Failing to obtain the looked-for re&#235;nforcements and
+seeing the hopelessness of opposing so large a force,
+Newton began secretly to evacuate Chicago by way of
+the Lakes, Dru having completely cut him off by land.</p>
+
+<p>He succeeded in removing his army to Buffalo, where
+President Rockland had concentrated more than one
+hundred thousand troops.</p>
+
+<p>When Dru found General Newton had evacuated Chicago,
+he occupied it, and then moved further east, in order
+to hold the states of Michigan, Indiana and Western
+Ohio.</p>
+
+<p>This gave him the control of the West, and he endeavored
+as nearly as possible to cut off the food supply of
+the East. In order to tighten further the difficulty
+of obtaining supplies, he occupied Duluth and all
+the Lake ports as far east as Cleveland, which city
+the Government held, and which was their furthest
+western line.</p>
+
+<p>Canada was still open as a means of food supply to
+the East, as were all the ports of the Atlantic seaboard
+as far south as Charleston.</p>
+
+<p>So the sum of the situation was that the East, so
+far west as the middle of Ohio, and as far south as
+West Virginia, inclusive of that state, was in the
+hands of the Government.</p>
+
+<p>Western Ohio, Indiana, Michigan and Illinois, while
+occupied by General Dru, were divided in their sympathies.
+ Wisconsin, Minnesota, and every state west of the
+Mississippi, were strongly against the Government.</p>
+
+<p>The South, as a whole, was negligible, though Virginia,
+Kentucky, Tennessee and Missouri were largely divided
+in sentiment. That part of the South lying below the
+border states was in sympathy with the insurgents.</p>
+
+<p>The contest had come to be thought of as a conflict
+between Senator Selwyn on the one hand, and what he
+represented, and Philip Dru on the other, and what
+he stood for. These two were known to be the dominating
+forces on either side.</p>
+
+<p>The contestants, on the face of things, seemed not
+unevenly matched, but, as a matter of fact, the conscience
+of the great mass of the people, East and West, was
+on Dru&#8217;s side, for it was known that he was
+contending for those things which would permit the
+Nation to become again a land of freedom in its truest
+and highest sense, a land where the rule of law prevailed,
+a land of equal opportunity, a land where justice
+would be meted out alike to the high and low with a
+steady and impartial hand.</p>
+
+<a name="XXI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Upon the Eve of Battle</h2>
+
+<p>Neither side seemed anxious to bring matters to a
+conclusion, for both Newton and Dru required time
+to put their respective armies in fit condition before
+risking a conflict. By the middle of July, Dru had
+more than four hundred thousand men under his command,
+but his greatest difficulty was to properly officer
+and equip them. The bulk of the regular army officers
+had remained with the Government forces, though there
+were some notable exceptions. Among those offering
+their services to Dru was Jack Strawn. He resigned
+from the regular army with many regrets and misgivings,
+but his devotion to Philip made it impossible for
+him to do otherwise. And then there was Gloria whom
+he loved dearly, and who made him feel that there
+was a higher duty than mere professional regularity.</p>
+
+<p>None of Dru&#8217;s generals had been tried out in
+battle and, indeed, he himself had not. It was much
+the same with the Government forces, for there had
+been no war since that with Spain in the nineties,
+and that was an affair so small that it afforded but
+little training for either officers or men.</p>
+
+<p>Dru had it in mind to make the one battle decisive,
+if that were possible of accomplishment, for he did
+not want to weaken and distract the country by such
+a conflict as that of 1861 to 1865.</p>
+
+<p>The Government forces numbered six hundred thousand
+men under arms, but one hundred thousand of these
+were widely scattered in order to hold certain sections
+of the country in line.</p>
+
+<p>On the first of September General Dru began to move
+towards the enemy. He wanted to get nearer Washington
+and the northern seaboard cities, so that if successful
+he would be within striking distance of them before
+the enemy could recover.</p>
+
+<p>He had in mind the places he preferred the battle
+to occur, and he used all his skill in bringing about
+the desired result. As he moved slowly but steadily
+towards General Newton, he was careful not to tax the
+strength of his troops, but he desired to give them
+the experience in marching they needed, and also to
+harden them.</p>
+
+<p>The civilized nations of the world had agreed not
+to use in war aeroplanes or any sort of air craft
+either as engines of destruction or for scouting purposes.
+ This decision had been brought about by the International
+Peace Societies and by the self-evident impossibility
+of using them without enormous loss of life. Therefore
+none were being used by either the Government or insurgent
+forces.</p>
+
+<p>General Newton thought that Dru was planning to attack
+him at a point about twenty miles west of Buffalo,
+where he had his army stretched from the Lake eastward,
+and where he had thrown up entrenchments and otherwise
+prepared for battle.</p>
+
+<p>But Dru had no thought of attacking then or there,
+but moved slowly and orderly on until the two armies
+were less than twenty miles apart due north and south
+from one another.</p>
+
+<p>When he continued marching eastward and began to draw
+away from General Newton, the latter for the first
+time realized that he himself would be compelled to
+pursue and attack, for the reason that he could not
+let Dru march upon New York and the other unprotected
+seaboard cities. He saw, too, that he had been outgeneraled,
+and that he should have thrown his line across Dru&#8217;s
+path and given battle at a point of his own choosing.</p>
+
+<p>The situation was a most unusual one even in the complex
+history of warfare, because in case of defeat the
+loser would be forced to retreat into the enemies&#8217;
+country. It all the more surely emphasized the fact
+that one great battle would determine the war. General
+Dru knew from the first what must follow his movement
+in marching by General Newton, and since he had now
+reached the ground that he had long chosen as the place
+where he wished the battle to occur, he halted and
+arranged his troops in formation for the expected
+attack.</p>
+
+<p>There was a curious feeling of exultation and confidence
+throughout the insurgent army, for Dru had conducted
+every move in the great game with masterly skill,
+and no man was ever more the idol of his troops, or
+of the people whose cause he was the champion.</p>
+
+<p>It was told at every camp fire in his army how he
+had won the last medal that had been given by the
+War Department and for which General Newton had been
+a contestant, and not one of his men doubted that as
+a military genius, Newton in no way measured up to
+Dru. It was plain that Newton had been outmaneuvered
+and that the advantage lay with the insurgent forces.</p>
+
+<p>The day before the expected battle, General Dru issued
+a stirring address, which was placed in the hands
+of each soldier, and which concluded as follows:--&#8220;It
+is now certain that there will be but one battle,
+and its result lies with you. If you fight as I know
+you will fight, you surely will be successful, and
+you soon will be able to return to your homes and
+to your families, carrying with you the assurance
+that you have won what will be perhaps the most important
+victory that has ever been achieved. It is my belief
+that human liberty has never more surely hung upon
+the outcome of any conflict than it does upon this,
+and I have faith that when you are once ordered to
+advance, you will never turn back. If you will each
+make a resolution to conquer or die, you will not
+only conquer, but our death list will not be nearly
+so heavy as if you at any time falter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This address was received with enthusiasm, and comrade
+declared to comrade that there would be no turning
+back when once called upon to advance, and it was
+a compact that in honor could not be broken. This,
+then, was the situation upon the eve of the mighty
+conflict.</p>
+
+<a name="XXII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Battle of Elma</h2>
+
+<p>General Dru had many spies in the enemies&#8217; camp,
+and some of these succeeded in crossing the lines
+each night in order to give him what information they
+had been able to gather.</p>
+
+<p>Some of these spies passed through the lines as late
+as eleven o&#8217;clock the night before the battle,
+and from them he learned that a general attack was
+to be made upon him the next day at six o&#8217;clock
+in the morning.</p>
+
+<p>As far as he could gather, and from his own knowledge
+of the situation, it was General Newton&#8217;s purpose
+to break his center. The reason Newton had this in
+mind was that he thought Dru&#8217;s line was far flung,
+and he believed that if he could drive through the
+center, he could then throw each wing into confusion
+and bring about a crushing defeat.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, Dru&#8217;s line was not far
+flung, but he had a few troops strung out for many
+miles in order to deceive Newton, because he wanted
+him to try and break his center.</p>
+
+<p>Up to this time, he had taken no one into his confidence,
+but at midnight, he called his division commanders
+to his headquarters and told them his plan of battle.</p>
+
+<p>They were instructed not to impart any information
+to the commanders of brigades until two o&#8217;clock.
+The men were then to be aroused and given a hasty
+breakfast, after which they were to be ready to march
+by three o&#8217;clock.</p>
+
+<p>Recent arrivals had augmented his army to approximately
+five hundred thousand men. General Newton had, as
+far as he could learn, approximately six hundred thousand,
+so there were more than a million of men facing one
+another.</p>
+
+<p>Dru had a two-fold purpose in preparing at three in
+the morning. First, he wanted to take no chances upon
+General Newton&#8217;s time of attack. His information
+as to six o&#8217;clock he thought reliable, but it
+might have been given out to deceive him and a much
+earlier engagement might be contemplated.</p>
+
+<p>His other reason was that he intended to flank Newton
+on both wings.</p>
+
+<p>It was his purpose to send, under cover of night,
+one hundred and twenty-five thousand men to the right
+of Newton and one hundred and twenty-five thousand
+to his left, and have them conceal themselves behind
+wooded hills until noon, and then to drive in on him
+from both sides.</p>
+
+<p>He was confident that with two hundred and fifty thousand
+determined men, protected by the fortifications he
+had been able to erect, and with the ground of his
+own choosing, which had a considerable elevation over
+the valley through which Newton would have to march,
+he could hold his position until noon. He did not
+count upon actual fighting before eight o&#8217;clock,
+or perhaps not before nine.</p>
+
+<p>Dru did not attempt to rest, but continued through
+the night to instruct his staff officers, and to arrange,
+as far as he could, for each contingency. Before two
+o&#8217;clock, he was satisfied with the situation
+and felt assured of victory.</p>
+
+<p>He was pleased to see the early morning hours develop
+a fog, for this would cover the march of his left
+and right wings, and they would not have to make so
+wide a detour in order that their movements might be
+concealed. It would also delay, he thought, Newton&#8217;s
+attack.</p>
+
+<p>His army was up and alert at three, and by four o&#8217;clock
+those that were to hold the center were in position,
+though he had them lie down again on their arms, so
+that they might get every moment of rest. Three o&#8217;clock
+saw the troops that were to flank the enemy already
+on the march.</p>
+
+<p>At six-thirty his outposts reported Newton&#8217;s
+army moving, but it was nine o&#8217;clock before
+they came within touch of his troops.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, his men were resting, and he had
+food served them again as late as seven o&#8217;clock.</p>
+
+<p>Newton attacked the center viciously at first, but
+making no headway and seeing that his men were being
+terribly decimated, he made a detour to the right,
+and, with cavalry, infantry and artillery, he drove
+Dru&#8217;s troops in from the position which they
+were holding.</p>
+
+<p>Dru recognized the threatened danger and sent heliograph
+messages to his right and left wings to begin their
+attack, though it was now only eleven o&#8217;clock.
+He then rode in person to the point of danger, and
+rallied his men to a firmer stand, upon which Newton
+could make no headway.</p>
+
+<p>In that hell storm of lead and steel Dru sat upon
+his horse unmoved. With bared head and eyes aflame,
+with face flushed and exultant, he looked the embodiment
+of the terrible God of War. His presence and his disregard
+of danger incited his soldiers to deeds of valor that
+would forever be an &#8220;inspiration and a benediction&#8221;
+to the race from which they sprung.</p>
+
+<p>Newton, seeing that his efforts were costing him too
+dearly, decided to withdraw his troops and rest until
+the next day, when he thought to attack Dru from the
+rear.</p>
+
+<p>The ground was more advantageous there, and he felt
+confident he could dislodge him. When he gave the
+command to retreat, he was surprised to find Dru massing
+his troops outside his entrenchments and preparing
+to follow him. He slowly retreated and Dru as slowly
+followed. Newton wanted to get him well away from
+his stronghold and in the open plain, and then wheel
+and crush him. Dru was merely keeping within striking
+distance, so that when his two divisions got in touch
+with Newton they would be able to attack him on three
+sides.</p>
+
+<p>Just as Newton was about to turn, Dru&#8217;s two
+divisions poured down the slopes of the hills on both
+sides and began to charge. And when Dru&#8217;s center
+began to charge, it was only a matter of moments before
+Newton&#8217;s army was in a panic.</p>
+
+<p>He tried to rally them and to face the on-coming enemy,
+but his efforts were in vain. His men threw down their
+guns, some surrendering, but most of them fleeing
+in the only way open, that towards the rear and the
+Lake.</p>
+
+<p>Dru&#8217;s soldiers saw that victory was theirs,
+and, maddened by the lust of war, they drove the Government
+forces back, killing and crushing the seething and
+helpless mass that was now in hopeless confusion.</p>
+
+<p>Orders were given by General Dru to push on and follow
+the enemy until nightfall, or until the Lake was reached,
+where they must surrender or drown.</p>
+
+<p>By six o&#8217;clock of that fateful day, the splendid
+army of Newton was a thing for pity, for Dru had determined
+to exhaust the last drop of strength of his men to
+make the victory complete, and the battle conclusive.</p>
+
+<p>At the same time, as far as he was able, he restrained
+his men from killing, for he saw that the enemy were
+without arms, and thinking only of escape. His order
+was only partially obeyed, for when man is in conflict
+with either beast or fellowman, the primitive lust
+for blood comes to the fore, and the gentlest and
+most humane are oftentimes the most bloodthirsty.</p>
+
+<p>Of the enemy forty thousand were dead and two hundred
+and ten thousand were wounded with seventy-five thousand
+missing. Of prisoners Dru had captured three hundred
+and seventy-five thousand.</p>
+
+<p>General Newton was killed in the early afternoon,
+soon after the rout began.</p>
+
+<p>Philip&#8217;s casualties were twenty-three thousand
+dead and one hundred and ten thousand wounded.</p>
+
+<p>It was a holocaust, but the war was indeed ended.</p>
+
+<a name="XXIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Elma&#8217;s Aftermath</h2>
+
+<p>After General Dru had given orders for the care of
+the wounded and the disposition of the prisoners,
+he dismissed his staff and went quietly out into the
+starlight. He walked among the dead and wounded and
+saw that everything possible was being done to alleviate
+suffering. Feeling weary he sat for a moment upon
+a dismembered gun.</p>
+
+<p>As he looked over the field of carnage and saw what
+havoc the day had made, he thought of the Selwyns
+and the Thors, whose selfishness and greed were responsible
+for it all, and he knew that they and their kind would
+have to meet an awful charge before the judgment seat
+of God. Within touch of him lay a boy of not more
+than seventeen, with his white face turned towards
+the stars. One arm was shattered and a piece of shell
+had torn a great red wound in the side of his chest.
+Dru thought him dead, but he saw him move and open
+his eyes. He removed a coat from a soldier that lay
+dead beside him and pillowed the boy&#8217;s head upon
+it, and gave him some water and a little brandy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am all in, Captain,&#8221; said he, &#8220;but
+I would like a message sent home.&#8221; He saw that
+Dru was an officer but he had no idea who he was. &#8220;I
+only enlisted last week. I live in Pennsylvania--not
+far from here.&#8221; Then more faintly--&#8220;My
+mother tried to persuade me to remain at home, but
+I wanted to do my share, so here I am--as you find
+me. Tell her--tell her,&#8221; but the message never
+came--for he was dead.</p>
+
+<p>After he had covered the pain-racked, ghastly face,
+Dru sat in silent meditation, and thought of the shame
+of it, the pity of it all. Somewhere amongst that
+human wreckage he knew Gloria was doing what she could
+to comfort the wounded and those that were in the agony
+of death.</p>
+
+<p>She had joined the Red Cross Corps of the insurgent
+army at the beginning of hostilities, but Dru had
+had only occasional glimpses of her. He was wondering
+now, in what part of that black and bloody field she
+was. His was the strong hand that had torn into fragments
+these helpless creatures; hers was the gentle hand
+that was softening the horror, the misery of it all.
+Dru knew there were those who felt that the result
+would never be worth the cost and that he, too, would
+come in for a measurable share of their censure. But
+deep and lasting as his sympathy was for those who
+had been brought into this maelstrom of war, yet,
+pessimism found no lodgment within him, rather was
+his great soul illuminated with the thought that with
+splendid heroism they had died in order that others
+might live the better. Twice before had the great
+republic been baptized in blood and each time the result
+had changed the thought and destiny of man. And so
+would it be now, only to greater purpose. Never again
+would the Selwyns and the Thors be able to fetter
+the people.</p>
+
+<p>Free and unrestrained by barriers erected by the powerful,
+for selfish purposes, there would now lie open to
+them a glorious and contented future. He had it in
+his thoughts to do the work well now that it had been
+begun, and to permit no misplaced sentiment to deter
+him. He knew that in order to do what he had in mind,
+he would have to reckon with the habits and traditions
+of centuries, but, seeing clearly the task before
+him he must needs become an iconoclast and accept the
+consequences. For two days and nights he had been without
+sleep and under a physical and mental strain that
+would have meant disaster to any, save Philip Dru.
+But now he began to feel the need of rest and sleep,
+so he walked slowly back to his tent.</p>
+
+<p>After giving orders that he was not to be disturbed,
+he threw himself as he was upon his camp bed, and,
+oblivious of the fact that the news of his momentous
+victory had circled the globe and that his name was
+upon the lips of half the world, he fell into a dreamless,
+restful sleep.</p>
+
+<a name="XXIV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXIV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Uncrowned Heroes</h2>
+
+<p>When Dru wakened in the morning after a long and refreshing
+sleep, his first thoughts were of Gloria Strawn. Before
+leaving his tent he wrote her an invitation to dine
+with him that evening in company with some of his
+generals and their wives. All through that busy day
+Dru found himself looking forward to the coming evening.
+When Gloria came Dru was standing at the door of his
+tent to meet her. As he helped her from the army conveyance
+she said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Philip, how glad I am! How glad I am!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Dru knew that she had no reference to his brilliant
+victory, but that it was his personal welfare that
+she had in mind.</p>
+
+<p>During the dinner many stories of heroism were told,
+men who were least suspected of great personal bravery
+had surprised their comrades by deeds that would follow
+the coming centuries in both song and story. Dru,
+who had been a silent listener until now, said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whenever my brother soldier rises above self
+and gives or offers his life for that of his comrade,
+no one rejoices more than I. But, my friends, the
+highest courage is not displayed upon the battlefield.
+The soldier&#8217;s heroism is done under stress of
+great excitement, and his field of action is one that
+appeals to the imagination. It usually also touches
+our patriotism and self-esteem. The real heroes of
+the world are oftentimes never known. I once knew
+a man of culture and wealth who owned a plantation
+in some hot and inaccessible region. Smallpox in its
+most virulent form became prevalent among the negroes.
+Everyone fled the place save this man, and those that
+were stricken. Single-handed and alone, he nursed
+them while they lived and buried them when they died.
+And yet during all the years I knew him, never once
+did he refer to it. An old negro told me the story
+and others afterwards confirmed it. This same man
+jumped into a swollen river and rescued a poor old
+negro who could not swim. There was no one to applaud
+him as he battled with the deadly eddies and currents
+and brought to safety one of the least of God&#8217;s
+creatures. To my mind the flag of no nation ever waved
+above a braver, nobler heart.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>There was a moment&#8217;s silence, and then Gloria
+said:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Philip, the man you mention is doubtless the
+most splendid product of our civilization, for he
+was perhaps as gentle as he was brave, but there is
+still another type of hero to whom I would call attention.
+I shall tell you of a man named Sutton, whom I came
+to know in my settlement work and who seemed to those
+who knew him wholly bad. He was cruel, selfish, and
+without any sense of honor, and even his personality
+was repulsive, and yet this is what he did.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One day, soon after dark, the ten story tenement
+building in which he lived caught fire. Smoke was
+pouring from the windows, at which many frightened
+faces were seen.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But what was holding the crowd&#8217;s breathless
+attention, was the daring attempt of a man on the
+eighth floor to save a child of some five or six years.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He had gotten from his room to a small iron
+balcony, and there he took his handkerchief and blindfolded
+the little boy. He lifted the child over the railing,
+and let him down to a stone ledge some twelve inches
+wide, and which seemed to be five or six feet below
+the balcony.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The man had evidently told the child to flatten
+himself against the wall, for the little fellow had
+spread out his arms and pressed his body close to
+it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When the man reached him, he edged him along
+in front of him. It was a perilous journey, and to
+what end?</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No one could see that he was bettering his
+condition by moving further along the building, though
+it was evident he had a well-defined purpose from
+the beginning.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When he reached the corner, he stopped in front
+of a large flagpole that projected out from the building
+some twenty or more feet.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He shouted to the firemen in the street below,
+but his voice was lost in the noise and distance.
+He then scribbled something on an envelope and after
+wrapping his knife inside, dropped it down. He lost
+no time by seeing whether he was understood, but he
+took the child and put his arms and legs about the
+pole in front of him and together they slid along to
+the golden ball at the end.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What splendid courage! What perfect self-possession!
+He then took the boy&#8217;s arm above the hand and
+swung him clear. He held him for a moment to see that
+all was ready below, and turned him loose.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The child dropped as straight as a plummet
+into the canvas net that was being held for him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The excitement had been so tense up to now,
+that in all that vast crowd no one said a word or
+moved a muscle, but when they saw the little fellow
+unhurt, and perched high on the shoulders of a burly
+fireman, such cheers were given as were never before
+heard in that part of New York.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The man, it seemed, knew as well as those below,
+that his weight made impossible his escape in a like
+manner, for he had slid back to the building and was
+sitting upon the ledge smoking a cigarette.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;At first it was the child in which the crowd
+was interested, but now it was the man. He must be
+saved; but could he be? The heat was evidently becoming
+unbearable and from time to time a smother of smoke
+hid him from view. Once when it cleared away he was
+no longer there, it had suffocated him and he had
+fallen, a mangled heap, into the street below.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That man was Sutton, and the child was not
+his own. He could have saved himself had he not stayed
+to break in a door behind which the screams of the
+child were heard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>There was a long silence when Gloria had ended her
+story, and then the conversation ran along more cheerful
+lines.</p>
+
+<a name="XXV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Administrator of the Republic</h2>
+
+<p>General Dru began at once the reorganization of his
+army. The Nation knew that the war was over, and it
+was in a quiver of excitement.</p>
+
+<p>They recognized the fact that Dru dominated the situation
+and that a master mind had at last arisen in the Republic.
+He had a large and devoted army to do his bidding,
+and the future seemed to lie wholly in his hands.</p>
+
+<p>The great metropolitan dailies were in keen rivalry
+to obtain some statement from him, but they could
+not get within speaking distance. The best they could
+do was to fill their columns with speculations and
+opinions from those near, or at least pretending to
+be near him. He had too much to do to waste a moment,
+but he had it in mind to make some statement of a
+general nature within a few days.</p>
+
+<p>The wounded were cared for, the dead disposed of and
+all prisoners disarmed and permitted to go to their
+homes under parole. Of his own men he relieved those
+who had sickness in their families, or pressing duties
+to perform. Many of the prisoners, at their urgent
+solicitation, he enlisted. The final result was a
+compact and fairly well organized army of some four
+hundred thousand men who were willing to serve as long
+as they were needed.</p>
+
+<p>During the days that Dru was reorganizing, he now
+and then saw Gloria. She often wondered why Philip
+did not tell her something of his plans, and at times
+she felt hurt at his reticence. She did not know that
+he would have trusted her with his life without hesitation,
+but that his sense of duty sealed his lips when it
+came to matters of public policy.</p>
+
+<p>He knew she would not willingly betray him, but he
+never took chances upon the judgment she, or any friend,
+might exercise as to what was or what was not important.
+When a thought or plan had once gone from him to another
+it was at the mercy of the other&#8217;s discretion,
+and good intention did not avail if discretion and
+judgment were lacking. He consulted freely with those
+from whom he thought he could obtain help, but about
+important matters no one ever knew but himself his
+conclusions.</p>
+
+<p>Dru was now ready to march upon Washington, and he
+issued an address to his soldiers which was intended,
+in fact, for the general public. He did not want,
+at this time, to assume unusual powers, and if he had
+spoken to the Nation he might be criticised as assuming
+a dictatorial attitude.</p>
+
+<p>He complimented his army upon their patriotism and
+upon their bravery, and told them that they had won
+what was, perhaps, the most important victory in the
+history of warfare. He deplored the fact that, of
+necessity, it was a victory over their fellow countrymen,
+but he promised that the breach would soon be healed,
+for it was his purpose to treat them as brothers.
+He announced that no one, neither the highest nor
+the lowest, would be arrested, tried, or in any way
+disturbed provided they accepted the result of the
+battle as final, and as determining a change in the
+policy of government in accordance with the views
+held by those whom he represented. Failure to acquiesce
+in this, or any attempt to foster the policies of
+the <i>late government,</i> would be considered
+seditious, and would be punished by death. He was
+determined upon immediate peace and quietude, and any
+individual, newspaper or corporation violating this
+order would be summarily dealt with.</p>
+
+<p>The words &#8220;late government&#8221; caused a sensation.</p>
+
+<p>It pointed very surely to the fact that as soon as
+Dru reached Washington, he would assume charge of
+affairs. But in what way? That was the momentous question.</p>
+
+<p>President Rockwell, the Vice-President and the Cabinet,
+fearful of the result of Dru&#8217;s complete domination,
+fled the country. Selwyn urged, threatened, and did
+all he could to have them stand their ground, and
+take the consequences of defeat, but to no avail. Finally,
+he had the Secretary of State resign, so that the
+President might appoint him to that office. This being
+done, he became acting President.</p>
+
+<p>There were some fifty thousand troops at Washington
+and vicinity, and Dru wired Selwyn asking whether
+any defense of that city was contemplated. Upon receiving
+a negative answer, he sent one of his staff officers
+directly to Washington to demand a formal surrender.
+Selwyn acquiesced in this, and while the troops were
+not disbanded, they were placed under the command
+of Dru&#8217;s emissary.</p>
+
+<p>After further negotiations it was arranged for such
+of the volunteers as desired to do so, to return to
+their homes. This left a force of thirty thousand
+men at Washington who accepted the new conditions,
+and declared fealty to Dru and the cause he represented.
+There was now requisitioned all the cars that were
+necessary to convey the army from Buffalo to New York,
+Philadelphia and Washington. A day was named when all
+other traffic was to be stopped, until the troops,
+equipment and supplies had been conveyed to their
+destinations. One hundred thousand men were sent to
+New York and one hundred thousand to Philadelphia,
+and held on the outskirts of those cities. Two hundred
+thousand were sent to Washington and there Dru went
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn made a formal surrender to him and was placed
+under arrest, but it was hardly more than a formality,
+for Selwyn was placed under no further restraint than
+that he should not leave Washington. His arrest was
+made for its effect upon the Nation; in order to make
+it clear that the former government no longer existed.</p>
+
+<p>General Dru now called a conference of his officers
+and announced his purpose of assuming the powers of
+a dictator, distasteful as it was to him, and, as
+he felt it might also be, to the people. He explained
+that such a radical step was necessary, in order to
+quickly purge the Government of those abuses that
+had arisen, and give to it the form and purpose for
+which they had fought. They were assured that he was
+free from any personal ambition, and he pledged his
+honor to retire after the contemplated reforms had
+been made, so that the country could again have a
+constitutional government. Not one of them doubted
+his word, and they pledged themselves and the men
+under them, to sustain him loyally. He then issued
+an address to his army proclaiming himself <i>"Administrator
+of the Republic."</i></p>
+
+<a name="XXVI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXVI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Dru Outlines His Intentions</h2>
+
+<p>The day after this address was issued, General Dru
+reviewed his army and received such an ovation that
+it stilled criticism, for it was plain that the new
+order of things had to be accepted, and there was a
+thrill of fear among those who would have liked to
+raise their voices in protest.</p>
+
+<p>It was felt that the property and lives of all were
+now in the keeping of one man.</p>
+
+<p>Dru&#8217;s first official act was to call a conference
+of those, throughout the Union, who had been leaders
+in the movement to overthrow the Government.</p>
+
+<p>The gathering was large and representative, but he
+found no such unanimity as amongst the army. A large
+part, perhaps a majority, were outspoken for an immediate
+return to representative government.</p>
+
+<p>They were willing that unusual powers should be assumed
+long enough to declare the old Government illegal,
+and to issue an immediate call for a general election,
+state and national, to be held as usual in November.
+The advocates of this plan were willing that Dru should
+remain in authority until the duly constituted officials
+could be legally installed.</p>
+
+<p>Dru presided over the meeting, therefore he took no
+part in the early discussion, further than to ask
+for the fullest expression of opinion. After hearing
+the plan for a limited dictatorship proposed, he arose,
+and, in a voice vibrant with emotion, addressed the
+meeting as follows:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My fellow countrymen:--I feel sure that however
+much we may differ as to methods, there is no one
+within the sound of my voice that does not wish me
+well, and none, I believe, mistrusts either my honesty
+of purpose, my patriotism, or my ultimate desire to
+restore as soon as possible to our distracted land
+a constitutional government.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We all agreed that a change had to be brought
+about even though it meant revolution, for otherwise
+the cruel hand of avarice would have crushed out from
+us, and from our children, every semblance of freedom.
+If our late masters had been more moderate in their
+greed we would have been content to struggle for yet
+another period, hoping that in time we might again
+have justice and equality before the law. But even
+so we would have had a defective Government, defective
+in machinery and defective in its constitution and
+laws. To have righted it, a century of public education
+would have been necessary. The present opportunity
+has been bought at fearful cost. If we use it lightly,
+those who fell upon the field of Elma will have died
+in vain, and the anguish of mothers, and the tears
+of widows and orphans will mock us because we failed
+in our duty to their beloved dead.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;For a long time I have known that this hour
+would come, and that there would be those of you who
+would stand affrighted at the momentous change from
+constitutional government to despotism, no matter how
+pure and exalted you might believe my intentions to
+be.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But in the long watches of the night, in the
+solitude of my tent, I conceived a plan of government
+which, by the grace of God, I hope to be able to give
+to the American people. My life is consecrated to our
+cause, and, hateful as is the thought of assuming supreme
+power, I can see no other way clearly, and I would
+be recreant to my trust if I faltered in my duty.
+Therefore, with the aid I know each one of you will
+give me, there shall, in God&#8217;s good time, be
+wrought &#8217;a government of the people, by the
+people and for the people.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>When Dru had finished there was generous applause.
+At first here and there a dissenting voice was heard,
+but the chorus of approval drowned it. It was a splendid
+tribute to his popularity and integrity. When quiet
+was restored, he named twelve men whom he wanted to
+take charge of the departments and to act as his advisors.</p>
+
+<p>They were all able men, each distinguished in his
+own field of endeavor, and when their names were announced
+there was an outburst of satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>The meeting adjourned, and each member went home a
+believer in Dru and the policy he had adopted. They,
+in turn, converted the people to their view of the
+situation, so that Dru was able to go forward with
+his great work, conscious of the support and approval
+of an overwhelming majority of his fellow countrymen.</p>
+
+<a name="XXVII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXVII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">A New Era at Washington</h2>
+
+<p>When General Dru assumed the responsibilities of Government
+he saw that, unless he arranged it otherwise, social
+duties would prove a tax upon his time and would deter
+him from working with that celerity for which he had
+already become famous. He had placed Mr. Strawn at
+the head of the Treasury Department and he offered
+him the use of the White House as a place of residence.
+His purpose was to have Mrs. Strawn and Gloria relieve
+him of those social functions that are imposed upon
+the heads of all Governments. Mrs. Strawn was delighted
+with such an arrangement, and it almost compensated
+her for having been forced by her husband and Gloria
+into the ranks of the popular or insurgent party. Dru
+continued to use the barracks as his home, though he
+occupied the offices in the White House for public
+business. It soon became a familiar sight in Washington
+to see him ride swiftly through the streets on his
+seal-brown gelding, Twilight, as he went to and from
+the barracks and the White House. Dru gave and attended
+dinners to foreign ambassadors and special envoys,
+but at the usual entertainments given to the public
+or to the official family he was seldom seen. He and
+Gloria were in accord, regarding the character of
+entertainments to be given, and all unnecessary display
+was to be avoided. This struck a cruel blow at Mrs.
+Strawn, who desired to have everything in as sumptuous
+a way as under the old r&#233;gime, but both Dru and Gloria
+were as adamant, and she had to be content with the
+new order of things.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Gloria,&#8221; said Dru, &#8220;it pleases
+me beyond measure to find ourselves so nearly in accord
+concerning the essential things, and I am glad to
+believe that you express your convictions candidly
+and are not merely trying to please me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That, Philip, is because we are largely striving
+for the same purposes. We both want, I think, to take
+the selfish equation out of our social fabric. We
+want to take away the sting from poverty, and we want
+envy to have no place in the world of our making.
+Is it not so?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That seems to me, Gloria, to be the crux of
+our endeavors. But when we speak of unselfishness,
+as we now have it in mind, we are entering a hitherto
+unknown realm. The definition of selfishness yesterday
+or to-day is quite another thing from the unselfishness
+that we have in view, and which we hope and expect
+will soon leaven society. I think, perhaps, we may
+reach the result quicker if we call it mankind&#8217;s
+new and higher pleasure or happiness, for that is
+what it will mean.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Philip, it all seems too altruistic ever to
+come in our lifetime; but, do you know, I am awfully
+optimistic about it. I really believe it will come
+so quickly, after it once gets a good start, that it
+will astound us. The proverbial snowball coming down
+the mountain side will be as nothing to it. Everyone
+will want to join the procession at once. No one will
+want to be left out for the finger of Scorn to accuse.
+And, strangely enough, I believe it will be the educated
+and rich, in fact the ones that are now the most selfish,
+that will be in the vanguard of the procession. They
+will be the first to realize the joy of it all, and
+in this way will they redeem the sins of their ancestors.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Your enthusiasm, Gloria, readily imparts itself
+to me, and my heart quickens with hope that what you
+say may be prophetic. But, to return to the immediate
+work in hand, let us simplify our habits and customs
+to as great a degree as is possible under existing
+circumstances. One of the causes for the mad rush
+for money is the desire to excel our friends and neighbors
+in our manner of living, our entertainments and the
+like. Everyone has been trying to keep up with the
+most extravagant of his set: the result must, in the
+end, be unhappiness for all and disaster for many.
+What a pitiful ambition it is! How soul-lowering! How
+it narrows the horizon! We cannot help the poor, we
+cannot aid our neighbor, for, if we do, we cannot
+keep our places in the unholy struggle for social
+equality within our little sphere. Let us go, Gloria,
+into the fresh air, for it stifles me to think of this
+phase of our civilization. I wish I had let our discussion
+remain upon the high peak where you placed it and
+from which we gazed into the promised land.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="XXVIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXVIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">An International Crisis</h2>
+
+<p>The Administrator did nothing towards reducing the
+army which, including those in the Philippines and
+elsewhere, totalled five hundred thousand. He thought
+this hardly sufficient considering international conditions,
+and one of his first acts was to increase the number
+of men to six hundred thousand and to arm and equip
+them thoroughly.</p>
+
+<p>For a long period of years England had maintained
+relations with the United States that amounted to
+an active alliance, but there was evidence that she
+had under discussion, with her old-time enemy, Germany,
+a treaty by which that nation was to be allowed a free
+hand in South America.</p>
+
+<p>In return for this England was to be conceded all
+German territory in Africa, and was to be allowed
+to absorb, eventually, that entire continent excepting
+that part belonging to France.</p>
+
+<p>Japan, it seemed, was to be taken into the agreement
+and was to be given her will in the East. If she desired
+the Philippines, she might take them as far as European
+interference went. Her navy was more powerful than
+any the United States could readily muster in the far
+Pacific, and England would, if necessary, serve notice
+upon us that her gunboats were at Japan&#8217;s disposal
+in case of war.</p>
+
+<p>In return, Japan was to help in maintaining British
+supremacy in India, which was now threatened by the
+vigorous young Republic of China.</p>
+
+<p>The latter nation did not wish to absorb India herself,
+but she was committed to the policy of &#8220;Asia
+for the Asiatics,&#8221; and it did not take much
+discernment to see that some day soon this would come
+about.</p>
+
+<p>China and Japan had already reached an agreement concerning
+certain matters of interest between them, the most
+important being that Japan should maintain a navy
+twice as powerful as that of China, and that the latter
+should have an army one-third more powerful than that
+of Japan. The latter was to confine her sphere of
+influence to the Islands of the Sea and to Korea,
+and, in the event of a combined attack on Russia,
+which was contemplated, they were to acquire Siberia
+as far west as practicable, and divide that territory.
+China had already by purchase, concessions and covert
+threats, regained that part of her territory once
+held by England, Germany and France. She had a powerful
+array and a navy of some consequence, therefore she
+must needs to be reckoned with.</p>
+
+<p>England&#8217;s hold upon Canada was merely nominal,
+therefore, further than as a matter of pride, it was
+of slight importance to her whether she lost it or
+not. Up to the time of the revolution, Canada had been
+a hostage, and England felt that she could at no time
+afford a rupture with us. But the alluring vision
+that Germany held out to her was dazzling her statesmen.
+Africa all red from the Cape to the Mediterranean
+and from Madagascar to the Atlantic was most alluring.
+And it seemed so easy of accomplishment. Germany
+maintained her military superiority, as England, even
+then, held a navy equal to any two powers.</p>
+
+<p>Germany was to exploit South America without reference
+to the Monroe Doctrine, and England was to give her
+moral support, and the support of her navy, if necessary.
+If the United States objected to the extent of declaring
+war, they were prepared to meet that issue. Together,
+they could put into commission a navy three times
+as strong as that of the United States, and with Canada
+as a base, and with a merchant marine fifty times
+as large as that of the United States, they could convey
+half a million men to North America as quickly as Dru
+could send a like number to San Francisco. If Japan
+joined the movement, she could occupy the Pacific
+Slope as long as England and Germany were her allies.</p>
+
+<p>The situation which had sprung up while the United
+States was putting her own house in order, was full
+of peril and General Dru gave it his careful and immediate
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>None of the powers at interest knew that Dru&#8217;s
+Government had the slightest intimation of what was
+being discussed. The information had leaked through
+one of the leading international banking houses, that
+had been approached concerning a possible loan for
+a very large amount, and the secret had reached Selwyn
+through Thor.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn not only gave General Dru this information,
+but much else that was of extreme value. Dru soon
+came to know that at heart Selwyn was not without
+patriotism, and that it was only from environment and
+an overweening desire for power that had led him into
+the paths he had heretofore followed. Selwyn would
+have preferred ruling through the people rather than
+through the interests and the machinations of corrupt
+politics, but he had little confidence that the people
+would take enough interest in public affairs to make
+this possible, and to deviate from the path he had
+chosen, meant, he thought, disaster to his ambitions.</p>
+
+<p>Dru&#8217;s career proved him wrong, and no one was
+quicker to see it than Selwyn. Dru&#8217;s remarkable
+insight into character fathomed the real man, and,
+in a cautious and limited way, he counseled with him
+as the need arose.</p>
+
+<a name="XXIX"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXIX</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Reform of the Judiciary</h2>
+
+<p>Of his Council of Twelve, the Administrator placed
+one member in charge of each of the nine departments,
+and gave to the other three special work that was
+constantly arising.</p>
+
+<p>One of his advisers was a man of distinguished lineage,
+but who, in his early youth, had been compelled to
+struggle against those unhappy conditions that followed
+reconstruction in the South. His intellect and force
+of character had brought him success in his early manhood,
+and he was the masterful head of a university that,
+under his guidance, was soon to become one of the
+foremost in the world. He was a trained political
+economist, and had rare discernment in public affairs,
+therefore Dru leaned heavily upon him when he began
+to rehabilitate the Government.</p>
+
+<p>Dru used Selwyn&#8217;s unusual talents for organization
+and administration, in thoroughly overhauling the
+actual machinery of both Federal and State Governments.
+There was no doubt but that there was an enormous waste
+going on, and this he undertook to stop, for he felt
+sure that as much efficiency could be obtained at
+two-thirds the cost. One of his first acts as Administrator
+was to call together five great lawyers, who had no
+objectionable corporate or private practice, and give
+to them the task of defining the powers of all courts,
+both State and Federal.</p>
+
+<p>They were not only to remodel court procedure, but
+to eliminate such courts as were unnecessary. To this
+board he gave the further task of reconstructing the
+rules governing lawyers, their practice before the
+courts, their relations to their clients and the amount
+and character of their fees under given conditions.</p>
+
+<p>Under Dru&#8217;s instruction the commission was to
+limit the power of the courts to the extent that they
+could no longer pass upon the constitutionality of
+laws, their function being merely to decide, as between
+litigants, what the law was, as was the practice of
+all other civilized nations.</p>
+
+<p>Judges, both Federal and State, were to be appointed
+for life, subject to compulsory retirement at seventy,
+and to forced retirement at any time by a two-thirds
+vote of the House and a majority vote of the Senate.
+Their appointment was to be suggested by the President
+or Governor, as the case might be, and a majority
+vote of the House and a two-third vote of the Senate
+were necessary for confirmation.</p>
+
+<p>High salaries were to be paid, but the number of judges
+was to be largely decreased, perhaps by two-thirds.
+This would be possible, because the simplification
+of procedure and the curtailment of their powers would
+enormously lessen the amount of work to be done. Dru
+called the Board&#8217;s attention to the fact that
+England had about two hundred judges of all kinds,
+while there were some thirty-six hundred in the United
+States, and that the reversals by the English Courts
+were only about three per cent. of the reversals by
+the American Courts.</p>
+
+<p>The United States had, therefore, the most complicated,
+expensive and inadequate legal machinery of any civilized
+nation. Lawyers were no longer to be permitted to
+bring suits of doubtful character, and without facts
+and merit to sustain them. Hereafter it would be necessary
+for the attorney, and the client himself, to swear
+to the truth of the allegations submitted in their
+petitions of suits and briefs.</p>
+
+<p>If they could not show that they had good reason to
+believe that their cause was just, they would be subject
+to fines and imprisonment, besides being subject to
+damages by the defendant. Dru desired the Board on
+Legal Procedure and Judiciary to work out a fair and
+comprehensive system, based along the fundamental
+lines he had laid down, so that the people might be
+no longer ridden by either the law or the lawyer. It
+was his intention that no man was to be suggested
+for a judgeship or confirmed who was known to drink
+to excess, either regularly or periodically, or one
+who was known not to pay his personal debts, or had
+acted in a reprehensible manner either in private or
+in his public capacity as a lawyer.</p>
+
+<p>Any of these habits or actions occurring after appointment
+was to subject him to impeachment. Moreover, any judge
+who used his position to favor any individual or corporation,
+or who deviated from the path of even and exact justice
+for all, or who heckled a litigant, witness or attorney,
+or who treated them in an unnecessarily harsh or insulting
+manner, was to be, upon complaint duly attested to
+by reliable witnesses, tried for impeachment.</p>
+
+<p>The Administrator was positive in his determination
+to have the judiciary a most efficient bureau of the
+people, and to have it sufficiently well paid to obtain
+the best talent. He wanted it held in the highest
+esteem, and to have an appointment thereon considered
+one of the greatest honors of the Republic. To do
+this he knew it was necessary for its members to be
+able, honest, temperate and considerate.</p>
+
+<a name="XXX"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXX</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">A New Code of Laws</h2>
+
+<p>Dru selected another board of five lawyers, and to
+them he gave the task of reforming legal procedure
+and of pruning down the existing laws, both State
+and National, cutting out the obsolete and useless
+ones and rewriting those recommended to be retained,
+in plain and direct language free from useless legal
+verbiage and understandable to the ordinary lay citizen.</p>
+
+<p>He then created another board, of even greater ability,
+to read, digest and criticise the work of the other
+two boards and report their findings directly to him,
+giving a brief summary of their reasons and recommendations.
+To assist in this work he engaged in an advisory capacity
+three eminent lawyers from England, Germany and France
+respectively.</p>
+
+<p>The three boards were urged to proceed with as much
+despatch as possible, for Dru knew that it would take
+at least several years to do it properly, and afterwards
+he would want to place the new code of laws in working
+order under the reformed judiciary before he would
+be content to retire. The other changes he had in
+mind he thought could be accomplished much more quickly.</p>
+
+<p>Among other things, Dru directed that the States should
+have a simplification of land titles, so that transfers
+of real estate could be made as easy as the transfer
+of stocks, and with as little expense, no attorneys&#8217;
+fees for examination of titles, and no recording fees
+being necessary. The title could not be contested
+after being once registered in a name, therefore no
+litigation over real property could be possible. It
+was estimated by Dru&#8217;s statisticians that in
+some States this would save the people annually a
+sum equal to the cost of running their governments.</p>
+
+<p>A uniform divorce law was also to be drawn and put
+into operation, so that the scandals arising from
+the old conditions might no longer be possible.</p>
+
+<p>It was arranged that when laws affecting the States
+had been written, before they went into effect they
+were to be submitted to a body of lawyers made up
+of one representative from each State. This body could
+make suggestions for such additions or eliminations
+as might seem to them pertinent, and conforming with
+conditions existing in their respective commonwealths,
+but the board was to use its judgment in the matter
+of incorporating the suggestions in the final draft
+of the law. It was not the Administrator&#8217;s purpose
+to rewrite at that time the Federal and State Constitutions,
+but to do so at a later date when the laws had been
+rewritten and decided upon; he wished to first satisfy
+himself as to them and their adaptability to the existing
+conditions, and then make a constitution conforming
+with them. This would seem to be going at things backward,
+but it recommended itself to Dru as the sane and practical
+way to have the constitutions and laws in complete
+harmony.</p>
+
+<p>The formation of the three boards created much disturbance
+among judges, lawyers and corporations, but when the
+murmur began to assume the proportions of a loud-voiced
+protest, General Dru took the matter in hand. He let
+it be known that it would be well for them to cease
+to foment trouble. He pointed out that heretofore
+the laws had been made for the judges, for the lawyers
+and for those whose financial or political influence
+enabled them to obtain special privileges, but that
+hereafter the whole legal machinery was to be run absolutely
+in the interest of the people. The decisive and courageous
+manner in which he handled this situation, brought
+him the warm and generous approval of the people and
+they felt that at last their day had come.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Question of Taxation</h2>
+
+<p>The question of taxation was one of the most complex
+problems with which the Administrator had to deal.
+As with the legal machinery he formed a board of five
+to advise with him, and to carry out his very well-defined
+ideas. Upon this board was a political economist, a
+banker, who was thought to be the ablest man of his
+profession, a farmer who was a very successful and
+practical man, a manufacturer and a Congressman, who
+for many years had been the consequential member of
+the Ways and Means Committee. All these men were known
+for their breadth of view and their interest in public
+affairs.</p>
+
+<p>Again, Dru went to England, France and Germany for
+the best men he could get as advisers to the board.
+He offered such a price for their services that, eminent
+as they were, they did not feel that they could refuse.
+He knew the best were the cheapest.</p>
+
+<p>At the first sitting of the Committee, Dru told them
+to consider every existing tax law obliterated, to
+begin anew and to construct a revenue system along
+the lines he indicated for municipalities, counties,
+states and the Nation. He did not contemplate, he said,
+that the new law should embrace all the taxes which
+the three first-named civil divisions could levy,
+but that it should apply only where taxes related to
+the general government. Nevertheless, Dru was hopeful
+that such a system would be devised as would render
+it unnecessary for either municipalities, counties
+or states to require any further revenue. Dru directed
+the board to divide each state into districts for the
+purpose of taxation, not making them large enough
+to be cumbersome, and yet not small enough to prohibit
+the employment of able men to form the assessment
+and collecting boards. He suggested that these boards
+be composed of four local men and one representative
+of the Nation.</p>
+
+<p>He further directed that the tax on realty both in
+the country and the city should be upon the following
+basis:--Improvements on city property were to be taxed
+at one-fifth of their value, and the naked property
+either in town or country at two-thirds of its value.
+The fact that country property used for agricultural
+purposes was improved, should not be reckoned. In
+other words, if A had one hundred acres with eighty
+acres of it in cultivation and otherwise improved,
+and B had one hundred acres beside him of just as
+good land, but not in cultivation or improved, B&#8217;s
+land should be taxed as much as A&#8217;s.</p>
+
+<p>In cities and towns taxation was to be upon a similar
+basis. For instance, when there was a lot, say, one
+hundred feet by one hundred feet with improvements
+upon it worth three hundred thousand dollars, and
+there was another lot of the same size and value, the
+improved lot should be taxed only sixty thousand more
+than the unimproved lot; that is, both lots should
+be taxed alike, and the improvement on the one should
+be assessed at sixty thousand dollars or one-fifth
+of its actual value.</p>
+
+<p>This, Dru pointed out, would deter owners from holding
+unimproved realty, for the purpose of getting the
+unearned increment made possible by the thrift of
+their neighbors. In the country it would open up land
+for cultivation now lying idle, provide homes for more
+people, cheapen the cost of living to all, and make
+possible better schools, better roads and a better
+opportunity for the successful cooperative marketing
+of products.</p>
+
+<p>In the cities and towns, it would mean a more homogeneous
+population, with better streets, better sidewalks,
+better sewerage, more convenient churches and cheaper
+rents and homes. As it was at that time, a poor man
+could not buy a home nor rent one near his work, but
+must needs go to the outskirts of his town, necessitating
+loss of time and cost of transportation, besides sacrificing
+the obvious comforts and conveniences of a more compact
+population.</p>
+
+<p>The Administrator further directed the tax board to
+work out a graduated income tax exempting no income
+whatsoever. Incomes up to one thousand dollars a year,
+Dru thought, should bear a merely nominal tax of one-half
+of one per cent.; those of from one to two thousand,
+one per cent.; those of from two to five thousand,
+two per cent.; those of from five to ten thousand,
+three per cent.; those of from ten to twenty thousand,
+six per cent. The tax on incomes of more than twenty
+thousand dollars a year, Dru directed, was to be rapidly
+increased, until a maximum of seventy per cent. was
+to be reached on those incomes that were ten million
+dollars, or above.</p>
+
+<p>False returns, false swearing, or any subterfuge to
+defraud the Government, was to be punished by not
+less than six months or more than two years in prison.
+The board was further instructed to incorporate in
+their tax measure, an inheritance tax clause, graduated
+at the same rate as in the income tax, and to safeguard
+the defrauding of the Government by gifts before death
+and other devices.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">A Federal Incorporation Act</h2>
+
+<p>Along with the first board on tax laws, Administrator
+Dru appointed yet another commission to deal with
+another phase of this subject. The second board was
+composed of economists and others well versed in matters
+relating to the tariff and Internal Revenue, who, broadly
+speaking, were instructed to work out a tariff law
+which would contemplate the abolishment of the theory
+of protection as a governmental policy. A tariff was
+to be imposed mainly as a supplement to the other
+taxes, the revenue from which, it was thought, would
+be almost sufficient for the needs of the Government,
+considering the economies that were being made.</p>
+
+<p>Dru&#8217;s father had been an ardent advocate of
+State rights, and the Administrator had been reared
+in that atmosphere; but when he began to think out
+such questions for himself, he realized that density
+of population and rapid inter-communication afforded
+by electric and steam railroads, motors, aeroplanes,
+telegraphs and telephones were, to all practical purposes,
+obliterating State lines and molding the country into
+a homogeneous nation.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, after the Revolution, Dru saw that the
+time had come for this trend to assume more definite
+form, and for the National Government to take upon
+itself some of the functions heretofore exclusively
+within the jurisdiction of the States. Up to the time
+of the Revolution a state of chaos had existed. For
+instance, laws relating to divorces, franchises, interstate
+commerce, sanitation and many other things were different
+in each State, and nearly all were inefficient and
+not conducive to the general welfare. Administrator
+Dru therefore concluded that the time had come when
+a measure of control of such things should be vested
+in the Central Government. He therefore proposed enacting
+into the general laws a Federal Incorporation Act,
+and into his scheme of taxation a franchise tax that
+would not be more burdensome than that now imposed
+by the States. He also proposed making corporations
+share with the Government and States a certain part
+of their net earnings, public service corporations
+to a greater extent than others. Dru&#8217;s plan contemplated
+that either the Government or the State in which the
+home or headquarters of any corporation was located
+was to have representation upon the boards of such
+corporation, in order that the interests of the National,
+State, or City Government could be protected, and so
+as to insure publicity in the event it was needful
+to correct abuses.</p>
+
+<p>He had incorporated in the Franchise Law the right
+of Labor to have one representative upon the boards
+of corporations and to share a certain percentage
+of the earnings above their wages, after a reasonable
+per cent. upon the capital had been earned. [Footnote:
+See <a href="#copartnership"><i>What Co-Partnership Can Do</i></a>.] In turn, it was to be obligatory upon them
+not to strike, but to submit all grievances to arbitration.
+The law was to stipulate that if the business prospered,
+wages should be high; if times were dull, they should
+be reduced.</p>
+
+<p>The people were asked to curb their prejudice against
+corporations. It was promised that in the future corporations
+should be honestly run, and in the interest of the
+stockholders and the public. Dru expressed the hope
+that their formation would be welcomed rather than
+discouraged, for he was sure that under the new law
+it would be more to the public advantage to have business
+conducted by corporations than by individuals in a
+private capacity. In the taxation of real estate, the
+unfair practice of taxing it at full value when mortgaged
+and then taxing the holder of the mortgage, was to
+be abolished. The same was to be true of bonded indebtedness
+on any kind of property. The easy way to do this was
+to tax property and not tax the evidence of debt, but
+Dru preferred the other method, that of taxing the
+property, less the debt, and then taxing the debt
+wherever found.</p>
+
+<p>His reason for this was that, if bonds or other forms
+of debt paid no taxes, it would have a tendency to
+make investors put money into that kind of security,
+even though the interest was correspondingly low, in
+order to avoid the trouble of rendering and paying
+taxes on them. This, he thought, might keep capital
+out of other needful enterprises, and give a glut
+of money in one direction and a paucity in another.
+Money itself was not to be taxed as was then done
+in so many States.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Railroad Problem</h2>
+
+<p>While the boards and commissions appointed by Administrator
+Dru were working out new tax, tariff and revenue laws,
+establishing the judiciary and legal machinery on
+a new basis and revising the general law, it was necessary
+that the financial system of the country also should
+be reformed. Dru and his advisers saw the difficulties
+of attacking this most intricate question, but with
+the advice and assistance of a commission appointed
+for that purpose, they began the formulation of a
+new banking law, affording a flexible currency, bottomed
+largely upon commercial assets, the real wealth of
+the nation, instead of upon debt, as formerly.</p>
+
+<p>This measure was based upon the English, French and
+German plans, its authors taking the best from each
+and making the whole conform to American needs and
+conditions. Dru regarded this as one of his most pressing
+reforms, for he hoped that it would not only prevent
+panics, as formerly, but that its final construction
+would completely destroy the credit trust, the greatest,
+the most far reaching and, under evil direction, the
+most pernicious trust of all.</p>
+
+<p>While in this connection, as well as all others, he
+was insistent that business should be honestly conducted,
+yet it was his purpose to throw all possible safeguards
+around it. In the past it had been not only harassed
+by a monetary system that was a mere patchwork affair
+and entirely inadequate to the needs of the times,
+but it had been constantly threatened by tariff, railroad
+and other legislation calculated to cause continued
+disturbance. The ever-present demagogue had added
+to the confusion, and, altogether, legitimate business
+had suffered more during the long season of unrest
+than had the law-defying monopolies.</p>
+
+<p>Dru wanted to see the nation prosper, as he knew it
+could never have done under the old order, where the
+few reaped a disproportionate reward and to this end
+he spared no pains in perfecting the new financial
+system. In the past the railroads and a few industrial
+monopolies had come in for the greatest amount of
+abuse and prejudice. This feeling while largely just,
+in his opinion, had done much harm. The railroads
+were the offenders in the first instance, he knew,
+and then the people retaliated, and in the end both
+the capitalists who actually furnished the money to
+build the roads and the people suffered.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In the first place,&#8221; said Administrator
+Dru to his counsel during the discussion of the new
+financial system, &#8220;the roads were built dishonestly.
+Money was made out of their construction by the promoters
+in the most open and shameless way, and afterwards
+bonds and stocks were issued far in excess of the
+fraudulent so-called cost. Nor did the iniquity end
+there. Enterprises were started, some of a public nature
+such as grain elevators and cotton compresses, in which
+the officials of the railroads were financially interested.
+These favored concerns received rebates and better
+shipping facilities than their competitors and competition
+was stifled.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Iron mines and mills, lumber mills and yards,
+coal mines and yards, <i>etc</i>., <i>etc</i>., went into
+their rapacious maw, and the managers considered the
+railroads a private snap and &#8216;the public be damned.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;These things,&#8221; continued Dru, &#8220;did
+not constitute their sole offense, for, as you all
+know, they lobbied through legislatures the most unconscionable
+bills, giving them land, money and rights to further
+exploit the public.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But the thing that, perhaps, aroused resentment
+most was their failure to pay just claims. The idea
+in the old days, as you remember, was to pay nothing,
+and make it so expensive to litigate that one would
+prefer to suffer an injustice rather than go to court.
+From this policy was born the claim lawyer, who financed
+and fought through the courts personal injury claims,
+until it finally came to pass that in loss or damage
+suits the average jury would decide against the railroad
+on general principles. In such cases the litigant
+generally got all he claimed and the railroad was
+mulcted. There is no estimating how much this unfortunate
+policy cost the railroads of America up to the time
+of the Revolution. The trouble was that the ultimate
+loss fell, not on those who inaugurated it but upon
+the innocent stock and bondholder of the roads.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;While the problem is complicated,&#8221; he
+continued, &#8220;its solution lies in the new financial
+system, together with the new system of control of
+public utilities.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>To this end, Dru laid down his plans by which public
+service corporations should be honestly, openly and
+efficiently run, so that the people should have good
+service at a minimum cost.</p>
+
+<p>Primarily the general Government, the state or the
+city, as the case might be, were to have representation
+on the directorate, as previously indicated. They
+were to have full access to the books, and semi-annually
+each corporation was to be compelled to make public
+a full and a clear report, giving the receipts and
+expenditures, including salaries paid to high officials.
+These corporations were also to be under the control
+of national and state commissions.</p>
+
+<p>While the Nation and State were to share in the earnings,
+Dru demanded that the investor in such corporate securities
+should have reasonable profits, and the fullest protection,
+in the event states or municipalities attempted to
+deal unfairly with them, as had heretofore been the
+case in many instances.</p>
+
+<p>The Administrator insisted upon the prohibition of
+franchise to &#8220;holding companies&#8221; of whatsoever
+character. In the past, he declared, they had been
+prolific trust breeders, and those existing at that
+time, he asserted, should be dissolved.</p>
+
+<p>Under the new law, as Dru outlined it, one company
+might control another, but it would have to be with
+the consent of both the state and federal officials
+having jurisdiction in the premises, and it would have
+to be clear that the public would be benefited thereby.
+There was to be in the future no hiding under cover,
+for everything was to be done in the open, and in
+a way entirely understandable to the ordinary layman.</p>
+
+<p>Certain of the public service corporations, Dru insisted,
+should be taken over bodily by the National Government
+and accordingly the Postmaster General was instructed
+to negotiate with the telegraph and telephone companies
+for their properties at a fair valuation. They were
+to be under the absolute control of the Postoffice
+Department, and the people were to have the transmission
+of all messages at cost, just as they had their written
+ones. A parcel post was also inaugurated, so that
+as much as twelve pounds could be sent at cost.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXIV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXIV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Selwyn&#8217;s Story</h2>
+
+<p>The further Administrator Dru carried his progress
+of reform, the more helpful he found Selwyn. Dru&#8217;s
+generous treatment of him had brought in return a
+grateful loyalty.</p>
+
+<p>One stormy night, after Selwyn had dined with Dru,
+he sat contentedly smoking by a great log fire in
+the library of the small cottage which Dru occupied
+in the barracks.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This reminds me,&#8221; he said, &#8220;of
+my early boyhood, and of the fireplace in the old
+tavern where I was born.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>General Dru had long wanted to know of Selwyn, and,
+though they had arranged to discuss some important
+business, Dru urged the former Senator to tell him
+something of his early life.</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn consented, but asked that the lights be turned
+off so that there would be only the glow from the
+fire, in order that it might seem more like the old
+days at home when his father&#8217;s political cronies
+gathered about the hearth for their confidential talks.</p>
+
+<p>And this was Selwyn&#8217;s story:--</p>
+
+<p>My father was a man of small education and kept a
+tavern on the outer edge of Philadelphia. I was his
+only child, my mother dying in my infancy. There was
+a bar connected with the house, and it was a rendezvous
+for the politicians of our ward. I became interested
+in politics so early that I cannot remember the time
+when I was not. My father was a temperate man, strong-willed
+and able, and I have often wondered since that he
+was content to end his days without trying to get
+beyond the environments of a small tavern.</p>
+
+<p>He was sensitive, and perhaps his lack of education
+caused him to hesitate to enter a larger and more
+conspicuous field.</p>
+
+<p>However, he was resolved that I should not be hampered
+as he was, and I was, therefore, given a good common
+school education first, and afterwards sent to Girard
+College, where I graduated, the youngest of my class.</p>
+
+<p>Much to my father&#8217;s delight, I expressed a desire
+to study law, for it seemed to us both that this profession
+held the best opportunity open to me. My real purpose
+in becoming a lawyer was to aid me in politics, for
+it was clear to both my father and me that I had an
+unusual aptitude therefor.</p>
+
+<p>My study of law was rather cursory than real, and
+did not lead to a profound knowledge of the subject,
+but it was sufficient for me to obtain admittance
+to the bar, and it was not long, young as I was, before
+my father&#8217;s influence brought me a practice that
+was lucrative and which required but little legal
+lore.</p>
+
+<p>At that time the ward boss was a man by the name of
+Marx. While his father was a German, he was almost
+wholly Irish, for his father died when he was young,
+and he was reared by a masculine, masterful, though
+ignorant Irish mother.</p>
+
+<p>He was my father&#8217;s best friend, and there were
+no secrets between them. They seldom paid attention
+to me, and I was rarely dismissed even when they had
+their most confidential talks. In this way, I early
+learned how our great American cities are looted,
+not so much by those actually in power, for they are
+of less consequence than the more powerful men behind
+them.</p>
+
+<p>If any contract of importance was to be let, be it
+either public or private, Marx and his satellites
+took their toll. He, in his turn, had to account to
+the man above, the city boss.</p>
+
+<p>If a large private undertaking was contemplated, the
+ward boss had to be seen and consulted as to the best
+contractors, and it was understood that at least five
+per cent. more than the work was worth had to be paid,
+otherwise, there would be endless trouble and delay.
+The inspector of buildings would make trouble; complaints
+would be made of obstructing the streets and sidewalks,
+and injunctions would be issued. So it was either
+to pay, or not construct. Marx provided work for the
+needy, loaned money to the poor, sick and disabled,
+gave excursions and picnics in the summer: for all
+of this others paid, but it enabled him to hold the
+political control of the ward in the hollow of his
+hand. The boss above him demanded that the councilmen
+from his ward should be men who would do his bidding
+without question.</p>
+
+<p>The city boss, in turn, trafficked with the larger
+public contracts, and with the granting and extensions
+of franchises. It was a fruitful field, for there
+was none above him with whom he was compelled to divide.</p>
+
+<p>The State boss treated the city bosses with much consideration,
+for he was more or less dependent upon them, his power
+consisting largely of the sum of their power.</p>
+
+<p>The State boss dealt in larger things, and became
+a national figure. He was more circumspect in his
+methods, for he had a wider constituency and a more
+intelligent opposition.</p>
+
+<p>The local bosses were required to send to the legislature
+&#8220;loyal&#8221; party men who did not question
+the leadership of the State boss.</p>
+
+<p>The big interests preferred having only one man to
+deal with, which simplified matters; consequently
+they were strong aids in helping him retain his power.
+Any measure they desired passed by the legislature
+was first submitted to him, and he would prune it
+until he felt he could put it through without doing
+too great violence to public sentiment. The citizens
+at large do not scrutinize measures closely; they are
+too busy in their own vineyards to bother greatly
+about things which only remotely or indirectly concern
+them.</p>
+
+<p>This selfish attitude and indifference of our people
+has made the boss and his methods possible. The &#8220;big
+interests&#8221; reciprocate in many and devious ways,
+ways subtle enough to seem not dishonest even if exposed
+to public view.</p>
+
+<p>So that by early education I was taught to think that
+the despoliation of the public, in certain ways, was
+a legitimate industry.</p>
+
+<p>Later, I knew better, but I had already started my
+plow in the furrow, and it was hard to turn back.
+I wanted money and I wanted power, and I could see
+both in the career before me.</p>
+
+<p>It was not long, of course, before I had discernment
+enough to see that I was not being employed for my
+legal ability. My income was practically made from
+retainers, and I was seldom called upon to do more
+than to use my influence so that my client should
+remain undisturbed in the pursuit of his business,
+be it legitimate or otherwise. Young as I was, Marx
+soon offered me a seat in the Council. It was my first
+proffer of office, but I declined it. I did not want
+to be identified with a body for which I had such
+a supreme contempt. My aim was higher. Marx, though,
+was sincere in his desire to further my fortunes, for
+he had no son, and his affection for my father and
+me was genuine.</p>
+
+<p>I frankly told him the direction in which my ambition
+lay, and he promised me his cordial assistance. I
+wanted to get beyond ward politics, and in touch with
+the city boss.</p>
+
+<p>It was my idea that, if I could maintain myself with
+him, I would in time ask him to place me within the
+influence of the State boss, where my field of endeavor
+would be as wide as my abilities would justify.</p>
+
+<p>I did not lose my identity with my ward, but now my
+work covered all Philadelphia, and my retainers became
+larger and more numerous, for I was within the local
+sphere of the &#8220;big interests.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At that time the boss was a man by the name of Hardy.
+He was born in the western part of the State, but
+came to Philadelphia when a boy, his mother having
+married the second time a man named Metz, who was then
+City Treasurer and who afterwards became Mayor.</p>
+
+<p>Hardy was a singular man for a boss; small of frame,
+with features almost effeminate, and with anything
+but a robust constitution, he did a prodigious amount
+of work.</p>
+
+<p>He was not only taciturn to an unusual degree, but
+he seldom wrote, or replied to letters. Yet he held
+an iron grip upon the organization.</p>
+
+<p>His personal appearance and quiet manners inspired
+many ambitious underlings to try to dislodge him,
+but their failure was signal and complete.</p>
+
+<p>He had what was, perhaps, the most perfectly organized
+machine against which any municipality had ever had
+the misfortune to contend.</p>
+
+<p>Hardy made few promises and none of them rash, but
+no man could truthfully say that he ever broke one.
+I feel certain that he would have made good his spoken
+word even at the expense of his fortune or political
+power.</p>
+
+<p>Then, too, he played fair, and his henchmen knew it.
+He had no favorites whom he unduly rewarded at the
+expense of the more efficient. He had likes and dislikes
+as other men, but his judgment was never warped by
+that. Success meant advancement, failure meant retirement.</p>
+
+<p>And he made his followers play fair. There were certain
+rules of the game that had to be observed, and any
+infraction thereof meant punishment.</p>
+
+<p>The big, burly fellows he had under him felt pride
+in his physical insignificance, and in the big brain
+that had never known defeat.</p>
+
+<p>When I became close to him, I asked him why he had
+never expanded; that he must have felt sure that he
+could have spread his jurisdiction throughout the
+State, and that the labor in the broader position must
+be less than in the one he occupied. His reply was
+characteristic of the man. He said he was not where
+he was from choice, that environment and opportunity
+had forced him into the position he occupied, but that
+once there, he owed it to his followers to hold it
+against all comers. He said that he would have given
+it up long ago, if it had not been for this feeling
+of obligation to those who loved and trusted him. To
+desert them, and to make new responsibilities, was
+unthinkable from his viewpoint.</p>
+
+<p>That which I most wondered at in Hardy was, his failure
+to comprehend that the work he was engaged in was
+dishonest. I led cautiously up to this one day, and
+this was his explanation:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The average American citizen refuses to pay
+attention to civic affairs, contenting himself with
+a general growl at the tax rate, and the character
+and inefficiency of public officials. He seldom takes
+the trouble necessary to form the Government to suit
+his views.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The truth is, he has no cohesive or well-digested
+views, it being too much trouble to form them. Therefore,
+some such organization as ours is essential. Being
+essential, then it must have funds with which to proceed,
+and the men devoting their lives to it must be recompensed,
+so the system we use is the best that can be devised
+under the circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is like the tariff and internal revenue
+taxes by which the National Government is run, that
+is, indirect. The citizen pays, but he does not know
+when he pays, nor how much he is paying.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A better system could, perhaps, be devised
+in both instances, but this cannot be done until the
+people take a keener interest in their public affairs.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Hardy was not a rich man, though he had every
+opportunity of being so. He was not avaricious, and
+his tastes and habits were simple, and he had no family
+to demand the extravagances that are undermining our
+national life. He was a vegetarian, and he thought,
+and perhaps rightly, that in a few centuries from
+now the killing of animals and the eating of their
+corpses would be regarded in the same way as we now
+think of cannibalism.</p>
+
+<p>He divided the money that came to him amongst
+his followers, and this was one of the mainsprings
+of his power.</p>
+
+<p>All things considered, it is not certain but
+that he gave Philadelphia as good government as her
+indifferent citizens deserved.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Selwyn&#8217;s Story, Continued</h2>
+
+<p>By the time I was thirty-six I had accumulated what
+seemed to me then, a considerable fortune, and I had
+furthermore become Hardy&#8217;s right-hand man.</p>
+
+<p>He had his forces divided in several classes, of choice
+I was ranged among those whose duties were general
+and not local. I therefore had a survey of the city
+as a whole, and was not infrequently in touch with
+the masters of the State at large. Hardy concerned
+himself about my financial welfare to the extent of
+now and then inquiring whether my income was satisfactory,
+and the nature of it. I assured him that it was and
+that he need have no further thought of me in that
+connection. I told him that I was more ambitious to
+advance politically than financially, and, while expressing
+my gratitude for all he had done for me and my keen
+regret at the thought of leaving him, I spoke again
+of my desire to enter State politics.</p>
+
+<p>Some six years before I had married the daughter of
+a State Senator, a man who was then seeking the gubernatorial
+nomination.</p>
+
+<p>On my account, Hardy gave him cordial support, but
+the State boss had other plans, and my father-in-law
+was shelved &#8220;for the moment,&#8221; as the boss
+expressed it, for one who suited his purposes better.</p>
+
+<p>Both Hardy, my father-in-law, and their friends resented
+this action, because the man selected was not in line
+for the place and the boss was not conforming to the
+rules of the game.</p>
+
+<p>They wanted to break openly and immediately, but I
+advised delay until we were strong enough to overthrow
+him.</p>
+
+<p>The task of quietly organizing an effective opposition
+to the State boss was left to me, and although I lost
+no time, it was a year before I was ready to make
+the fight.</p>
+
+<p>In the meanwhile, the boss had no intimation of the
+revolt. My father-in-law and Hardy had, by my direction,
+complied with all the requests that he made upon them,
+and he thought himself never more secure.</p>
+
+<p>I went to the legislature that year in accordance
+with our plans, and announced myself a candidate for
+speaker. I did this without consulting the boss and
+purposely. He had already selected another man, and
+had publicly committed himself to his candidacy, which
+was generally considered equivalent to an election.</p>
+
+<p>The candidate was a weak man, and if the boss had
+known the extent of the opposition that had developed,
+he would have made a stronger selection. As it was,
+he threw not only the weight of his own influence
+for his man and again irrevocably committed himself,
+but he had his creature, the Governor, do likewise.</p>
+
+<p>My strength was still not apparent, for I had my forces
+well in hand, and while I had a few declare themselves
+for me, the major part were non-committal, and spoke
+in cautious terms of general approval of the boss&#8217;s
+candidate.</p>
+
+<p>The result was a sensation. I was elected by a safe,
+though small, majority, and, as a natural result,
+the boss was deposed and I was proclaimed his successor.</p>
+
+<p>I had found in organizing the revolt that there were
+many who had grievances which, from fear, they had
+kept hidden but when they were shown that they could
+safely be revenged, they eagerly took advantage of
+the opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>So, in one campaign, I burst upon the public as the
+party leader, and the question was now, how would
+I use it and could I hold it.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXVI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXVI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Selwyn&#8217;s Story, Continued</h2>
+
+<p>Flushed though I was with victory, and with the flattery
+of friends, time servers and sycophants in my ears,
+I felt a deep sympathy for the boss. He was as a sinking
+ship and as such deserted. Yesterday a thing for envy,
+to-day an object of pity.</p>
+
+<p>I wondered how long it would be before I, too, would
+be stranded.</p>
+
+<p>The interests, were, of course, among the first to
+congratulate me and to assure me of their support.
+During that session of the legislature, I did not
+change the character of the legislation, or do anything
+very different from the usual. I wanted to feel my
+seat more firmly under me before attempting the many
+things I had in mind.</p>
+
+<p>I took over into my camp all those that I could reasonably
+trust, and strengthened my forces everywhere as expeditiously
+as possible. I weeded out the incompetents, of whom
+there were many, and replaced them by big-hearted,
+loyal and energetic men, who had easy consciences when
+it came to dealing with the public affairs of either
+municipalities, counties or the State.</p>
+
+<p>Of necessity, I had to use some who were vicious and
+dishonest, and who would betray me in a moment if
+their interests led that way. But of these there were
+few in my personal organization, though from experience,
+I knew their kind permeated the municipal machines
+to a large degree.</p>
+
+<p>The lessons learned from Hardy were of value to me
+now. I was liberal to my following at the expense
+of myself, and I played the game fair as they knew
+it.</p>
+
+<p>I declined re-election to the next legislature, because
+the office was not commensurate with the dignity of
+the position I held as party leader, and again, because
+the holding of state office was now a perilous undertaking.</p>
+
+<p>In taking over the machine from the late boss, and
+in molding it into an almost personal following I
+found it not only loosely put together, but inefficient
+for my more ambitious purposes.</p>
+
+<p>After giving it four or five years of close attention,
+I was satisfied with it, and I had no fear of dislodgment.</p>
+
+<p>I had found that the interests were not paying anything
+like a commensurate amount for the special privileges
+they were getting, and I more than doubled the revenue
+obtained by the deposed boss.</p>
+
+<p>This, of course, delighted my henchmen, and bound
+them more closely to me.</p>
+
+<p>I also demanded and received information in advance
+of any extensions of railroads, standard or interurban,
+of contemplated improvements of whatsoever character,
+and I doled out this information to those of my followers
+in whose jurisdiction lay such territory.</p>
+
+<p>My own fortune I augmented by advance information
+regarding the appreciation of stocks. If an amalgamation
+of two important institutions was to occur, or if
+they were to be put upon a dividend basis, or if the
+dividend rate was to be increased, I was told, not
+only in advance of the public, but in advance of the
+stockholders themselves.</p>
+
+<p>All such information I held in confidence even from
+my own followers, for it was given me with such understanding.</p>
+
+<p>My next move was to get into national politics. I
+became something of a factor at the national convention,
+by swinging Pennsylvania&#8217;s vote at a critical
+time; the result being the nomination of the now President,
+consequently my relations with him were most cordial.</p>
+
+<p>The term of the senior Senator from our State was
+about to expire, and, although he was well advanced
+in years, he desired re-election.</p>
+
+<p>I decided to take his seat for myself, so I asked
+the President to offer him an ambassadorship. He did
+not wish to make the change, but when he understood
+that it was that or nothing, he gracefully acquiesced
+in order that he might be saved the humiliation of
+defeat.</p>
+
+<p>When he resigned, the Governor offered me the appointment
+for the unexpired term. It had only three months to
+run before the legislature met to elect his successor.</p>
+
+<p>I told him that I could not accept until I had conferred
+with my friends. I had no intention of refusing, but
+I wanted to seem to defer to the judgment of my lieutenants.</p>
+
+<p>I called them to the capital singly, and explained
+that I could be of vastly more service to the organization
+were I at Washington, and I arranged with them to
+convert the rank and file to this view.</p>
+
+<p>Each felt that the weight of my decision rested upon
+himself, and their vanity was greatly pleased. I was
+begged not to renounce the leadership, and after persuasion,
+this I promised not to do.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, it was never my intention to
+release my hold upon the State, thus placing myself
+in another&#8217;s power.</p>
+
+<p>So I accepted the tender of the Senatorship, and soon
+after, when the legislature met, I was elected for
+the full term.</p>
+
+<p>I was in as close touch with my State at Washington
+as I was before, for I spent a large part of my time
+there.</p>
+
+<p>I was not in Washington long before I found that the
+Government was run by a few men; that outside of this
+little circle no one was of much importance.</p>
+
+<p>It was my intention to break into it if possible,
+and my ambition now leaped so far as to want, not
+only to be of it, but later, to be <i>it</i>.</p>
+
+<p>I began my crusade by getting upon confidential terms
+with the President.</p>
+
+<p>One night, when we were alone in his private study,
+I told him of the manner and completeness of my organization
+in Pennsylvania. I could see he was deeply impressed.
+He had been elected by an uncomfortably small vote,
+and he was, I knew, looking for someone to manage the
+next campaign, provided he again received the nomination.</p>
+
+<p>The man who had done this work in the last election
+was broken in health, and had gone to Europe for an
+indefinite stay.</p>
+
+<p>The President questioned me closely, and ended by
+asking me to undertake the direction of his campaign
+for re-nomination, and later to manage the campaign
+for his election in the event he was again the party&#8217;s
+candidate.</p>
+
+<p>I was flattered by the proffer, and told him so, but
+I was guarded in its acceptance. I wanted him to see
+more of me, hear more of my methods and to become,
+as it were, the suppliant.</p>
+
+<p>This condition was soon brought about, and I entered
+into my new relations with him under the most favorable
+circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>If I had readily acquiesced he would have assumed
+the air of favoring me, as it was, the rule was reversed.</p>
+
+<p>He was overwhelmingly nominated and re-elected, and
+for the result he generously gave me full credit.</p>
+
+<p>I was now well within the charmed circle, and within
+easy reach of my further desire to have no rivals.
+This came about naturally and without friction.</p>
+
+<p>The interests, of course, were soon groveling at my
+feet, and, heavy as my demands were, I sometimes wondered
+like Clive at my own moderation.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of my story is known to you. I had tightened
+a nearly invisible coil around the people, which held
+them fast, while the interests despoiled them. We
+overdid it, and you came with the conscience of the
+great majority of the American people back of you,
+and swung the Nation again into the moorings intended
+by the Fathers of the Republic.</p>
+
+<p>When Selwyn had finished, the fire had burned low,
+and it was only now and then that his face was lighted
+by the flickering flames revealing a sadness that
+few had ever seen there before.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps he saw in the dying embers something typical
+of his life as it now was. Perhaps he longed to recall
+his youth and with it the strength, the nervous force
+and the tireless thought that he had used to make
+himself what he was.</p>
+
+<p>When life is so nearly spilled as his, things are
+measured differently, and what looms large in the
+beginning becomes but the merest shadow when the race
+has been run.</p>
+
+<p>As he contemplated the silent figure, Philip Dru felt
+something of regret himself, for he now knew the groundwork
+of the man, and he was sure that under other conditions,
+a career could have been wrought more splendid than
+that of any of his fellows.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXVII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXVII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Cotton Corner</h2>
+
+<p>In modeling the laws, Dru called to the attention
+of those boards that were doing that work, the so-called
+&#8220;loan sharks,&#8221; and told them to deal with
+them with a heavy hand. By no sort of subterfuge were
+they to be permitted to be usurious. By their nefarious
+methods of charging the maximum legal rate of interest
+and then exacting a commission for monthly renewals
+of loans, the poor and the dependent were oftentimes
+made to pay several hundred per cent. interest per
+annum. The criminal code was to be invoked and protracted
+terms in prison, in addition to fines, were to be
+used against them.</p>
+
+<p>He also called attention to a lesser, though serious,
+evil, of the practice of farmers, mine-owners, lumbermen
+and other employers of ignorant labor, of making advances
+of food, clothing and similar necessities to their
+tenants or workmen, and charging them extortionate
+prices therefor, thus securing the use of their labor
+at a cost entirely incommensurate with its value.</p>
+
+<p>Stock, cotton and produce exchanges as then conducted
+came under the ban of the Administrator&#8217;s displeasure,
+and he indicated his intention of reforming them to
+the extent of prohibiting, under penalty of fine and
+imprisonment, the selling either short or long, stocks,
+bonds, commodities of whatsoever character, or anything
+of value. Banks, corporations or individuals lending
+money to any corporation or individual whose purpose
+it was known to be to violate this law, should be
+deemed as guilty as the actual offender and should
+be as heavily punished.</p>
+
+<p>An immediate enforcement of this law was made because,
+just before the Revolution, there was carried to a
+successful conclusion a gigantic but iniquitous cotton
+corner. Some twenty or more adventurous millionaires,
+led by one of the boldest speculators of those times,
+named Hawkins, planned and succeeded in cornering
+cotton.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed that the world needed a crop of 16,000,000
+bales, and while the yield for the year was uncertain
+it appeared that the crop would run to that figure
+and perhaps over. Therefore, prices were low and spot-cotton
+was selling around eight cents, and futures for the
+distant months were not much higher.</p>
+
+<p>By using all the markets and exchanges and by exercising
+much skill and secrecy, Hawkins succeeded in buying
+two million bales of actual cotton, and ten million
+bales of futures at an approximate average of nine
+and a half cents. He had the actual cotton stored in
+relatively small quantities throughout the South,
+much of it being on the farms and at the gins where
+it was bought. Then, in order to hide his identity,
+he had incorporated a company called &#8220;The Farmers&#8217;
+Protective Association.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Through one of his agents he succeeded in officering
+it with well-known Southerners, who knew only that
+part of the plan which contemplated an increase in
+prices, and were in sympathy with it. He transferred
+his spot-cotton to this company, the stock of which
+he himself held through his dummies, <i>and then
+had his agents burn the entire two million bales.</i>
+The burning was done quickly and with spectacular effect,
+and the entire commercial world, both in America and
+abroad, were astounded by the act.</p>
+
+<p>Once before in isolated instances the cotton planter
+had done this, and once the farmers of the West, discouraged
+by low prices, had used corn for fuel. That, however,
+was done on a small scale. But to deliberately burn
+one hundred million dollars worth of property was almost
+beyond the scope of the imagination.</p>
+
+<p>The result was a cotton panic, and Hawkins succeeded
+in closing out his futures at an average price of
+fifteen cents, thereby netting twenty-five dollars
+a bale, and making for himself and fellow buccaneers
+one hundred and fifty million dollars.</p>
+
+<p>After amazement came indignation at such frightful
+abuse of concentrated wealth. Those of Wall Street
+that were not caught, were open in their expressions
+of admiration for Hawkins, for of such material are
+their heroes made.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXVIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXVIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Universal Suffrage</h2>
+
+<p>At the end of the first quarter of the present century,
+twenty of the forty-eight States had Woman Suffrage,
+and Administrator Dru decided to give it to the Nation.
+In those twenty States, as far as he had observed,
+there had been no change for the better in the general
+laws, nor did the officials seem to have higher standards
+of efficiency than in those States that still denied
+to women the right to vote, but he noticed that there
+were more special laws bearing on the moral and social
+side of life, and that police regulation was better.
+Upon the whole, Dru thought the result warranted universal
+franchise without distinction of race, color or sex.</p>
+
+<p>He believed that, up to the present time, a general
+franchise had been a mistake and that there should
+have been restrictions and qualifications, but education
+had become so general, and the condition of the people
+had advanced to such an extent, that it was now warranted.</p>
+
+<p>It had long seemed to Dru absurd that the ignorant,
+and, as a rule, more immoral male, should have such
+an advantage over the educated, refined and intelligent
+female. Where laws discriminated at all, it was almost
+always against rather than in favor of women; and this
+was true to a much greater extent in Europe and elsewhere
+than in the United States. Dru had a profound sympathy
+for the effort women were making to get upon an equality
+with men in the race for life: and he believed that
+with the franchise would come equal opportunity and
+equal pay for the same work.</p>
+
+<p>America, he hoped, might again lead in the uplift
+of the sex, and the example would be a distinct gain
+to women in those less forward countries where they
+were still largely considered as inferior to and somewhat
+as chattels to man.</p>
+
+<p>Then, too, Dru had an infinite pity for the dependent
+and submerged life of the generality of women. Man
+could ask woman to mate, but women were denied this
+privilege, and, even when mated, oftentimes a life
+of never ending drudgery followed.</p>
+
+<p>Dru believed that if women could ever become economically
+independent of man, it would, to a large degree, mitigate
+the social evil.</p>
+
+<p>They would then no longer be compelled to marry, or
+be a charge upon unwilling relatives or, as in desperation
+they sometimes did, lead abandoned lives.</p>
+
+<a name="XXXIX"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XXXIX</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">A Negative Government</h2>
+
+<p>Upon assuming charge of the affairs of the Republic,
+the Administrator had largely retained the judiciary
+as it was then constituted, and he also made but few
+changes in the personnel of State and Federal officials,
+therefore there had, as yet, been no confusion in the
+public&#8217;s business. Everything seemed about as
+usual, further than there were no legislative bodies
+sitting, and the function of law making was confined
+to one individual, the Administrator himself.</p>
+
+<p>Before putting the proposed laws into force, he wished
+them thoroughly worked out and digested. In the meantime,
+however, he was constantly placing before his Cabinet
+and Commissioners suggestions looking to the betterment
+of conditions, and he directed that these suggestions
+should be molded into law. In order that the people
+might know what further measures he had in mind for
+their welfare, other than those already announced,
+he issued the following address:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is my purpose,&#8221; said he, &#8220;not
+to give to you any radical or ill-digested laws.
+I wish rather to cull that which is best from the other
+nations of the earth, and let you have the benefit
+of their thought and experience. One of the most
+enlightened foreign students of our Government has
+rightly said that <i>&#8217;America is the most undemocratic
+of democratic countries.&#8217;</i> We have been
+living under a Government of negation, a Government
+with an executive with more power than any monarch,
+a Government having a Supreme Court, clothed with greater
+authority than any similar body on earth; therefore,
+we have lagged behind other nations in democracy.
+Our Government is, perhaps, less responsive to the
+will of the people than that of almost any of the
+civilized nations. Our Constitution and our laws served
+us well for the first hundred years of our existence,
+but under the conditions of to-day they are not only
+obsolete, but even grotesque. It is nearly impossible
+for the desires of our people to find expression into
+law. In the latter part of the last century many will
+remember that an income tax was wanted. After many
+vicissitudes, a measure embodying that idea was passed
+by both Houses of Congress and was signed by the Executive.
+But that did not give to us an income tax. The Supreme
+Court found the law unconstitutional, and we have
+been vainly struggling since to obtain relief.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If a well-defined majority of the people of
+England, of France, of Italy or of Germany had wanted
+such a law they could have gotten it with reasonable
+celerity. Our House of Representatives is supposed
+to be our popular law-making body, and yet its members
+do not convene until a year and one month from the
+time they are elected. No matter how pressing the
+issue upon which a majority of them are chosen, more
+than a year must elapse before they may begin their
+endeavors to carry out the will of the people. When
+a bill covering the question at issue is finally introduced
+in the House, it is referred to a committee, and that
+body may hold it at its pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If, in the end, the House should pass the bill,
+that probably becomes the end of it, for the Senate
+may kill it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If the measure passes the Senate it is only
+after it has again been referred to a committee and
+then back to a conference committee of both Senate
+and House, and returned to each for final passage.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When all this is accomplished at a single session,
+it is unusually expeditious, for measures, no matter
+how important, are often carried over for another
+year.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If it should at last pass both House and Senate
+there is the Executive veto to be considered. If,
+however, the President signs the bill and it becomes
+a law, it is perhaps but short-lived, for the Supreme
+Court is ever present with its Damoclean sword.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;These barriers and interminable delays have
+caused the demand for the initiative, referendum and
+recall. That clumsy weapon was devised in some States
+largely because the people were becoming restless and
+wanted a more responsive Government.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am sure that I shall be able to meet your
+wishes in a much simpler way, and yet throw sufficient
+safeguards around the new system to keep it from proving
+hurtful, should an attack of political hysteria overtake
+you.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;However, there has never been a time in our
+history when a majority of our people have not thought
+right on the public questions that came before them,
+and there is no reason to believe that they will think
+wrong now.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The interests want a Government hedged with
+restrictions, such as we have been living under, and
+it is easy to know why, with the example of the last
+administration fresh in the minds of all.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A very distinguished lawyer, once Ambassador
+to Great Britain, is reported as saying on Lincoln&#8217;s
+birthday: &#8217;The Constitution is an instrument
+designedly drawn by the founders of this Government
+providing safeguards to prevent any inroads by popular
+excitement or frenzy of the moment.&#8217; And later
+in the speech he says: &#8217;But I have faith in
+the sober judgment of the American people, that they
+will reject these radical changes, <i>etc</i>.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If he had faith in the sober judgment of the
+American people, why not trust them to a measurable
+extent with the conduct of their own affairs?</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The English people, for a century or more,
+have had such direction as I now propose that you
+shall have, and for more than half a century the French
+people have had like power. They have in no way abused
+it, and yet the English and French Electorate surely
+are not more intelligent, or have better self-control,
+or more sober judgment than the American citizenship.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Another thing to which I desire your attention
+called is the dangerous power possessed by the President
+in the past, but of which the new Constitution will
+rob him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The framers of the old Constitution lived in
+an atmosphere of autocracy and they could not know,
+as we do now, the danger of placing in one man&#8217;s
+hands such enormous power, and have him so far from
+the reach of the people, that before they could dispossess
+him he might, if conditions were favorable, establish
+a dynasty.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is astounding that we have allowed a century
+and a half go by without limiting both his term and
+his power.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In addition to giving you a new Constitution
+and laws that will meet existing needs, there are
+many other things to be done, some of which I shall
+briefly outline. I have arranged to have a survey made
+of the swamp lands throughout the United States. From
+reliable data which I have gathered, I am confident
+that an area as large as the State of Ohio can be
+reclaimed, and at a cost that will enable the Government
+to sell it to home-seekers for less than one-fourth
+what they would have to pay elsewhere for similar
+land.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Under my personal direction, I am having prepared
+an old-age pension law and also a laborers&#8217;
+insurance law, covering loss in cases of illness,
+incapacity and death.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have a commission working on an efficient
+cooperative system of marketing the products of small
+farms and factories. The small producers throughout
+ America are not getting a sufficient return for their
+products, largely because they lack the facilities
+for marketing them properly. By cooperation they will
+be placed upon an equal footing with the large producers
+and small investments that heretofore have given but
+a meager return will become profitable.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am also planning to inaugurate cooperative
+loan societies in every part of the Union, and I have
+appointed a commissioner to instruct the people as
+to their formation and conduct and to explain their
+beneficent results.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In many parts of Europe such societies have
+reached very high proficiency, and have been the means
+of bringing prosperity to communities that before
+their establishment had gone into decay.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Many hundred millions of dollars have been
+loaned through these societies and, while only a fractional
+part of their members would be considered good for
+even the smallest amount at a bank, the losses to
+the societies on loans to their members have been almost
+negligible; less indeed than regular bankers could
+show on loans to their clients. And yet it enables
+those that are almost totally without capital to make
+a fair living for themselves and families.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is my purpose to establish bureaus through
+the congested portions of the United States where
+men and women in search of employment can register
+and be supplied with information as to where and what
+kind of work is obtainable. And if no work is to be
+had, I shall arrange that every indigent person that
+is honest and industrious <i>shall be given employment
+by the Federal, State, County or Municipal Government
+as the case may be.</i> Furthermore, it shall in
+the future be unlawful for any employer of labor to
+require more than eight hours work a day, and then
+only for six days a week. Conditions as are now found
+in the great manufacturing centers where employ&#233;s
+are worked twelve hours a day, seven days in the week,
+and receive wages inadequate for even an eight hour
+day shall be no longer possible.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If an attempt is made to reduce wages because
+of shorter hours or for any other cause, the employ&#233;
+shall have the right to go before a magistrate and
+demand that the amount of wage be adjusted there, either
+by the magistrate himself or by a jury if demanded
+by either party.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where there are a large number of employ&#233;s
+affected, they can act through their unions or societies,
+if needs be, and each party at issue may select an
+arbitrator and the two so chosen may agree upon a third,
+or they may use the courts and juries, as may be preferred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This law shall be applicable to women as well
+as to men, and to every kind of labor. I desire to
+make it clear that the policy of this Government is
+that every man or woman who desires work shall have
+it, even if the Government has to give it, and I wish
+it also understood that an adequate wage must be paid
+for labor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Labor is no longer to be classed as an inert
+commodity to be bought and sold by the law of supply
+and demand, but the <i>human equation shall hereafter
+be the commanding force in all agreements between man
+and capital</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There is another matter to which I shall give
+my earnest attention and that is the reformation of
+the study and practice of medicine. It is well known
+that we are far behind England, Germany and France
+in the protection of our people from incompetent physicians
+and quackery. There is no more competent, no more
+intelligent or advanced men in the world than our
+American physicians and surgeons of the first class.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But the incompetent men measurably drag down
+the high standing of the profession. A large part
+of our medical schools and colleges are entirely unfit
+for the purposes intended, and each year they grant
+diplomas to hundreds of ignorant young men and women
+and license them to prey upon a more or less helpless
+people.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The number of physicians per inhabitant is
+already ridiculously large, many times more than is
+needful, or than other countries where the average
+of the professions ranks higher, deem necessary.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I feel sure that the death list in the United
+States from the mistakes of these incompetents is
+simply appalling.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I shall create a board of five eminent men,
+two of whom shall be physicians, one shall be a surgeon,
+one a scientist and the other shall be a great educator,
+and to this board I shall give the task of formulating
+a plan by which the spurious medical colleges and medical
+men can be eradicated from our midst.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I shall call the board&#8217;s attention to
+the fact that it is of as much importance to have
+men of fine natural ability as it is to give them
+good training, and, if it is practicable, I shall ask
+them to require some sort of adequate mental examination
+that will measurably determine this.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have a profound admiration for the courage,
+the nobility and philanthropy of the profession as
+a whole, and I do not want its honor tarnished by
+those who are mercenary and unworthy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In conclusion I want to announce that pensions
+will be given to those who fought on either side in
+the late war without distinction or reservation. However,
+it is henceforth to be the policy of this Government,
+so far as I may be able to shape it, that only those
+in actual need of financial aid shall receive pensions
+and to them it shall be given, whether they have or
+have not been disabled in consequence of their services
+to the nation. But to offer financial aid to the rich
+and well to do, is to offer an insult, for it questions
+their patriotism. Although the first civil war was
+ended over sixty years ago, yet that pension roll
+still draws heavily upon the revenue of the Nation.
+Its history has been a rank injustice to the noble
+armies of Grant and his lieutenants, the glory of
+whose achievements is now the common heritage of a
+United Country.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="XL"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XL</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">A Departure in Battleships</h2>
+
+<p>Dru invited the Strawns to accompany him to Newport
+News to witness the launching of a new type of battleship.
+It was said to be, and probably was, impenetrable.
+Experts who had tested a model built on a large scale
+had declared that this invention would render obsolete
+every battleship in existence. The principle was this:
+Running back from the bow for a distance of 60 feet
+only about 4 feet of the hull showed above the water
+line, and this part of the deck was concaved and of
+the smoothest, hardest steel. Then came several turreted
+sections upon which guns were mounted. Around these
+turrets ran rims of polished steel, two feet in width
+and six inches thick. These rims began four feet from
+the water line and ran four feet above the level of
+the turret decks. The rims were so nicely adjusted
+with ball bearings that the smallest blow would send
+them spinning around, therefore a shell could not penetrate
+because it would glance off.</p>
+
+<p>Although the trip to the Newport News Dock yards was
+made in a Navy hydroaeroplane it took several hours,
+and Gloria used the occasion to urge upon Dru the
+rectification of some abuses of which she had special
+knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Philip,&#8221; she said, &#8220;when I was
+proselytizing among the rich, it came to me to include
+the employer of women labor. I found but few who dissented
+from my statement of facts, but the answer was that
+trade conditions, the demand of customers for cheaper
+garments and articles, made relief impracticable.
+ Perhaps their profits are on a narrow basis, Philip;
+but the volume of their business is the touchstone
+of their success, for how otherwise could so many
+become millionaires? Just what the remedy is I do
+not know, but I want to give you the facts so that
+in recasting the laws you may plan something to alleviate
+a grievous wrong.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is strange, Gloria, how often your mind
+and mine are caught by the same current, and how they
+drift in the same direction. It was only a few days
+ago that I picked up one of O. Henry&#8217;s books.
+In his &#8216;Unfinished Story&#8217; he tells of
+a man who dreamed that he died and was standing with
+a crowd of prosperous looking angels before Saint Peter,
+when a policeman came up and taking him by the wing
+asked: &#8217;Are you with that bunch?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Who are they?&#8217; asked the man.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Why,&#8217; said the policeman, &#8217;they
+are the men who hired working girls and paid &#8217;em
+five or six dollars a week to live on. Are you one
+of the bunch?&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Not on your immortality,&#8217; answered
+the man. &#8217;I&#8217;m only the fellow who set
+fire to an orphan asylum, and murdered a blind man
+for his pennies.&#8217;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Some years ago when I first read that story,
+I thought it was humor, now I know it to be pathos.
+Nothing, Gloria, will give me greater pleasure than
+to try to think out a solution to this problem, and
+undertake its application.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Gloria then gave more fully the conditions governing
+female labor. The unsanitary surroundings, the long
+hours and the inadequate wage, the statistics of refuge
+societies showed, drove an appalling number of women
+and girls to the streets.--No matter how hard they
+worked they could not earn sufficient to clothe and
+feed themselves properly. After a deadly day&#8217;s
+work, many of them found stimulants of various kinds
+the cheapest means of bringing comfort to their weary
+bodies and hope-lost souls, and then the next step
+was the beginning of the end.</p>
+
+<p>By now they had come to Newport News and the launching
+of the battleship was made as Gloria christened her
+<i>Columbia.</i> After the ceremonies were over
+it became necessary at once to return to Washington,
+for at noon of the next day there was to be dedicated
+the Colossal Arch of Peace. Ten years before, the
+Government had undertaken this work and had slowly
+executed it, carrying out the joint conception of the
+foremost architect in America and the greatest sculptor
+in the world. Strangely enough, the architect was
+a son of New England, and the Sculptor was from and
+of the South.</p>
+
+<p>Upon one face of the arch were three heroic figures.
+Lee on the one side, Grant on the other, with Fame
+in the center, holding out a laurel wreath with either
+hand to both Grant and Lee. Among the figures clustered
+around and below that of Grant, were those of Sherman,
+Sheridan, Thomas and Hancock, and among those around
+and below that of Lee, were Stonewall Jackson, the
+two Johnstons, Forrest, Pickett and Beauregard. Upon
+the other face of the arch there was in the center
+a heroic figure of Lincoln and gathered around him
+on either side were those Statesmen of the North and
+South who took part in that titanic civil conflict
+that came so near to dividing our Republic.</p>
+
+<p>Below Lincoln&#8217;s figure was written: &#8220;With
+malice towards none, with charity for all.&#8221;
+Below Grant, was his dying injunction to his fellow
+countrymen: &#8220;Let us have peace.&#8221; But the
+silent and courtly Lee left no message that would
+fit his gigantic mold.</p>
+
+<a name="XLI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The New National Constitution</h2>
+
+<p>Besides the laws and reforms already enumerated, the
+following is in brief the plan for the General Government
+that Philip Dru outlined and carried through as Administrator
+of the Republic, and which, in effect, was made a
+part of the new constitution.</p>
+
+<p align="center">I.</p>
+
+<p>1. Every adult citizen of the United States, male
+or female, shall have the right to vote, and no state,
+county or municipality shall pass a law or laws infringing
+upon this right.</p>
+
+<p>2. Any alien, male or female, who can read, write
+and speak English, and who has resided in the United
+States for ten years, may take out naturalization
+papers and become a citizen. [Footnote: The former
+qualification was five years&#8217; residence in the
+United States and in many States there were no restrictions
+placed upon education, nor was an understanding of
+the English language necessary.]</p>
+
+<p>3. No one shall be eligible for election as Executive,
+President, Senator, Representative or Judge of any
+court under the age of twenty-five years, and who
+is not a citizen of the United States. [Footnote: Dru
+saw no good reason for limiting the time when an exceptionally
+endowed man could begin to serve the public.]</p>
+
+<p>4. No one shall be eligible for any other office,
+National or State, who is at the time, or who has
+been within a period of five years preceding, a member
+of any Senate or Court. [Footnote: The Senate under
+Dru&#8217;s plan of Government becomes a quasi-judicial
+body, and it was his purpose to prevent any member
+of it or of the regular judiciary from making decisions
+with a view of furthering their political fortunes.
+Dru believed that it would be of enormous advantage
+to the Nation if Judges and Senators were placed in
+a position where their motives could not be questioned
+and where their only incentive was the general welfare.]</p>
+
+<p align="center">II.</p>
+
+<p>1. The several states shall be divided into districts
+of three hundred thousand inhabitants each, and each
+district so divided shall have one representative,
+and in order to give the widest latitude as to choice,
+there shall be no restrictions as to residence. [Footnote:
+Why deprive the Republic of the services of a useful
+man because his particular district has more good
+congressional timber than can be used and another
+district has none? Or again, why relegate to private
+life a man of National importance merely because his
+residence happens to be in a district not entirely
+in harmony with his views?]</p>
+
+<p>2. The members of the House of Representatives shall
+be elected on the first Tuesday after the first Monday
+in November, and shall serve for a term of six years,
+subject to a recall at the end of each two years by
+a signed petition embracing one-third of the electorate
+of the district from which they were chosen. [Footnote:
+The recall is here used for the reason that the term
+has been extended to six years, though the electorate
+retains the privilege of dismissing an undesirable
+member at the end of every two years.]</p>
+
+<p>3. The House shall convene on the first Tuesday after
+the first Monday in January and shall never have more
+than five hundred members. [Footnote: The purpose
+here was to convene the House within two months instead
+of thirteen months after its election, and to limit
+its size in order to promote efficiency.]</p>
+
+<p>4. The House of Representatives shall elect a Speaker
+whose term of office may be continuous at the pleasure
+of the majority. He shall preside over the House,
+but otherwise his functions shall be purely formal.</p>
+
+<p>5. The House shall also choose an Executive, whose
+duties it shall be, under the direction of the House,
+to administer the Government. He may or may not be
+at the time of his election a member of the House,
+but he becomes an ex-officio member by virtue thereof.</p>
+
+<p>6.(a) The Executive shall have authority to select
+his Cabinet Officers from members of the House or
+elsewhere, other than from the Courts or Senates,
+and such Cabinet Officers shall by reason thereof,
+be ex-officio members of the House.</p>
+
+<p>(b) Such officials are to hold their positions at
+the pleasure of the Executive and the Executive is
+to hold his at the pleasure of the majority of the
+House.</p>
+
+<p>(c) In an address to the House, the Executive shall,
+within a reasonable time after his selection, outline
+his policy of Government, both domestic and foreign.</p>
+
+<p>(d) He and his Cabinet may frame bills covering the
+suggestions made in his address, or any subsequent
+address that he may think proper to make, and introduce
+and defend them in the House. Measures introduced by
+the Executive or members of his Cabinet are not to
+be referred to committees, but are to be considered
+by the House as a whole, and their consideration shall
+have preference over measures introduced by other
+members.</p>
+
+<p>7. All legislation shall originate in the House.</p>
+
+<p align="center">III.</p>
+
+<p>1. The Senate shall consist of one member from each
+State, and shall be elected for life, by direct vote
+of the people, and shall be subject to recall by a
+majority vote of the electors of his State at the end
+of any five-year period of his term. [Footnote: The
+reason for using the recall here is that the term
+is lengthened to life and it seemed best to give the
+people a right to pass upon their Senators at stated
+periods.]</p>
+
+<p>2. (a) Every measure passed by the House, other than
+those relating <i>solely</i> to the raising of
+revenue for the current needs of the Government and
+the expenditure thereof, shall go to the Senate for
+approval.</p>
+
+<p>(b) The Senate may approve a measure by a majority
+vote and it then becomes a law, or they may make such
+suggestions regarding the amendment as may seem to
+them pertinent, and return it to the House to accept
+or reject as they may see fit.</p>
+
+<p>(c) The Senate may reject a measure by a majority
+vote. If the Senate reject a measure, the House shall
+have the right to dissolve and go before the people
+for their decision.</p>
+
+<p>(d) If the country approves the measure by returning
+a House favorable to it, then, upon its passage by
+the House <i>in the same form as when rejected by
+the Senate,</i> it shall become a law.</p>
+
+<p>3. (a) A Senator may be impeached by a majority vote
+of the Supreme Court, upon an action approved by the
+House and brought by the Executive or any member of
+his Cabinet.</p>
+
+<p>(b) A Senator must retire at the age of seventy years,
+and he shall be suitably pensioned.</p>
+
+<p align="center">IV.</p>
+
+<p>1. The President shall be chosen by a majority vote
+of all the electors. His term shall be for ten years
+and he shall be ineligible for re-election, but after
+retirement he shall receive a pension.</p>
+
+<p>2. His duties shall be almost entirely formal and
+ceremonial.</p>
+
+<p>3. In the event of a hiatus in the Government from
+any source whatsoever, it shall be his duty immediately
+to call an election, and in the meantime act as Executive
+until the regularly elected authorities can again
+assume charge of the Government.</p>
+
+<a name="XLII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">New State Constitutions</h2>
+
+<p align="center">I.</p>
+
+<p>To the States, Administrator Dru gave governments
+in all essentials like that of the nation. In brief
+the State instruments held the following provisions:</p>
+
+<p>1. The House of Representatives shall consist of one
+member for every fifty thousand inhabitants, and never
+shall exceed a membership of two hundred in any State.</p>
+
+<p>2. Representatives shall be elected for a term of
+two years, but not more than one session shall be
+held during their tenure of office unless called in
+special session by the Speaker of the House with the
+approval of the Governor.</p>
+
+<p>3. Representatives shall be elected in November, and
+the House shall convene on the first Tuesday after
+the first Monday in January to sit during its own
+pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>4. Representatives shall make rules for their self-government
+and shall be the general state law making body.</p>
+
+<p align="center">II.</p>
+
+<p>1. The Senate shall be composed of one member from
+each congressional district, but there shall never
+be less than five nor more than fifty in any State
+Senate.</p>
+
+<p>2. Senators shall be elected for a term of ten years
+subject to recall at the end of each two years, by
+petition signed by a majority of the electorate of
+their district.</p>
+
+<p>3. (a) No legislation shall originate in the Senate.
+ Its function is to advise as to measures sent there
+by the House, to make suggestions and such amendments
+as might seem pertinent, and return the measure to
+the House, for its final action.</p>
+
+<p>(b) When a bill is sent to the Senate by the House,
+if approved, it shall become a law, if disapproved,
+it shall be returned to the House with the objections
+stated.</p>
+
+<p>(c) If the House considers a measure of sufficient
+importance, it may dissolve immediately and let the
+people pass upon it, or they may wait until a regular
+election for popular action.</p>
+
+<p>(d) If the people approve the measure, the House <i>must
+enact it in the same form as when disapproved by the
+Senate,</i> and it shall then become a law.</p>
+
+<p align="center">III.</p>
+
+<p>1. (a) The Governor shall be elected by a direct vote
+of all the people.</p>
+
+<p>(b) His term of office shall be six years, and he
+shall be ineligible for re-election. He shall be subject
+to recall at the end of every two years by a majority
+vote of the State. [Footnote: The recall is used here,
+as in other instances, because of the lengthened term
+and the desirability of permitting the people to pass
+upon a Governor&#8217;s usefulness at shorter periods.]</p>
+
+<p>2. (a) He shall have no veto power or other control
+over legislation, and shall not make any suggestions
+or recommendations in regard thereto.</p>
+
+<p>(b) His function shall be purely executive. He may
+select his own council or fellow commissioners for
+the different governmental departments, and they shall
+hold their positions at his pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>(c) All the Governor&#8217;s appointees shall be confirmed
+by the Senate before they may assume office.</p>
+
+<p>(d) The Governor may be held strictly accountable
+by the people for the honest, efficient and economical
+conduct of the government, due allowance being made
+for the fact that he is in no way responsible for
+the laws under which he must work.</p>
+
+<p>(e) It shall be his duty also to report to the legislature
+at each session, giving an account of his stewardship
+regarding the enforcement of the laws, the conduct
+of the different departments, <i>etc</i>., <i>etc</i>.,
+and making an estimate for the financial budget required
+for the two years following.</p>
+
+<p>3.(a) There shall be a Pardon Board of three members
+who shall pass upon all matters relating to the Penal
+Service.</p>
+
+<p>(b) This Board shall be nominated by the Governor
+and confirmed by the Senate. After their confirmation,
+the Governor shall have no further jurisdiction over
+them.</p>
+
+<p>(c) They shall hold office for six years and shall
+be ineligible for reappointment.</p>
+
+<a name="XLIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Rule of the Bosses</h2>
+
+<p>General Dru was ever fond of talking to Senator Selwyn.
+He found his virile mind a never-failing source of
+information. Busy as they both were they often met
+and exchanged opinions. In answer to a question from
+Dru, Selwyn said that while Pennsylvania and a few
+other States had been more completely under the domination
+of bosses than others, still the system permeated
+everywhere.</p>
+
+<p>In some States a railroad held the power, but exercised
+it through an individual or individuals.</p>
+
+<p>In another State, a single corporation held it, and
+yet again, it was often held by a corporate group
+acting together. In many States one individual dominated
+public affairs and more often for good than for evil.</p>
+
+<p>The people simply would not take enough interest in
+their Government to exercise the right of control.</p>
+
+<p>Those who took an active interest were used as a part
+of the boss&#8217; tools, be he a benevolent one or
+otherwise.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The delegates go to the conventions,&#8221;
+said Selwyn, &#8220;and think they have something
+to do with the naming of the nominees, and the making
+of the platforms. But the astute boss has planned
+all that far in advance, the candidates are selected
+and the platform written and both are &#8216;forced&#8217;
+upon the unsuspecting delegate, much as the card shark
+forced his cards upon his victim. It is all seemingly
+in the open and above the boards, but as a matter
+of fact quite the reverse is true.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;At conventions it is usual to select some man
+who has always been honored and respected, and elect
+him chairman of the platform committee. He is pleased
+with the honor and is ready to do the bidding of the
+man to whom he owes it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The platform has been read to him and he has
+been committed to it before his appointment as chairman.
+ Then a careful selection is made of delegates from
+the different senatorial districts and a good working
+majority of trusted followers is obtained for places
+on the committee. Someone nominates for chairman the
+&#8216;honored and respected&#8217; and he is promptly
+elected.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Another member suggests that the committee,
+as it stands, is too unwieldy to draft a platform,
+and makes a motion that the chairman be empowered
+to appoint a sub-committee of five to outline one and
+submit it to the committee as a whole.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The motion is carried and the chairman appoints
+five of the &#8217;tried and true.&#8217; There is
+then an adjournment until the sub-committee is ready
+to report.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The five betake themselves to a room in some
+hotel and smoke, drink and swap stories until enough
+time has elapsed for a proper platform to be written.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They then report to the committee as a whole
+and, after some wrangling by the uninitiated, the
+platform is passed as the boss has written it without
+the addition of a single word.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sometimes it is necessary to place upon the
+sub-committee a recalcitrant or two. Then the method
+is somewhat different. The boss&#8217; platform is
+cut into separate planks and first one and then another
+of the faithful offers a plank, and after some discussion
+a majority of the committee adopt it. So when the
+sub-committee reports back there stands the boss&#8217;
+handiwork just as he has constructed it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oftentimes there is no subterfuge, but the
+convention, as a whole, recognizes the pre-eminent
+ability of one man amongst them, and by common consent
+he is assigned the task.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Selwyn also told Dru that it was often the practice
+among corporations not to bother themselves about
+state politics further than to control the Senate.</p>
+
+<p>This smaller body was seldom more than one-fourth
+as large as the House, and usually contained not more
+than twenty-five or thirty members.</p>
+
+<p>Their method was to control a majority of the Senate
+and let the House pass such measures as it pleased,
+and the Governor recommend such laws as he thought
+proper. Then the Senate would promptly kill all legislation
+that in any way touched corporate interests.</p>
+
+<p>Still another method which was used to advantage by
+the interests where they had not been vigilant in
+the protection of their &#8220;rights,&#8221; and when
+they had no sure majority either in the House or Senate
+and no influence with the Governor, was to throw what
+strength they had to the stronger side in the factional
+fights that were always going on in every State and
+in every legislature.</p>
+
+<p>Actual money, Selwyn said, was now seldom given in
+the relentless warfare which the selfish interests
+were ever waging against the people, but it was intrigue,
+the promise of place and power, and the ever effectual
+appeal to human vanity.</p>
+
+<p>That part of the press which was under corporate control
+was often able to make or destroy a man&#8217;s legislative
+and political career, and the weak and the vain and
+the men with shifty consciences, that the people in
+their fatuous indifference elect to make their laws,
+seldom fail to succumb to this subtle influence.</p>
+
+<a name="XLIV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLIV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">One Cause of the High Cost of Living</h2>
+
+<p>In one of their fireside talks, Selwyn told Dru that
+a potential weapon in the hands of those who had selfish
+purposes to subserve, was the long and confusing ballot.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whenever a change is suggested by which it
+can be shortened, and the candidates brought within
+easy review of the electorate, the objection is always
+raised,&#8221; said Selwyn, &#8220;that the rights
+of the people are being invaded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Let the people rule,&#8217; is the cry,&#8221;
+he said, &#8220;and the unthinking many believing
+that democratic government is being threatened, demand
+that they be permitted to vote for every petty officer.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course quite the reverse is true,&#8221;
+continued Selwyn, &#8220;for when the ballot is filled
+with names of candidates running for general and local
+offices, there is, besides the confusion, the usual
+trading. As a rule, interest centers on the local
+man, and there is less scrutiny of those candidates
+seeking the more important offices.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;While I had already made up my mind,&#8221;
+said Dru, &#8220;as to the short ballot and a direct
+accountability to the people, I am glad to have you
+confirm the correctness of my views.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You may take my word for it, General Dru, that
+the interests also desire large bodies of law makers
+instead of few. You may perhaps recall how vigorously
+they opposed the commission form of government for
+cities.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Under the old system when there was a large
+council, no one was responsible. If a citizen had
+a grievance, and complained to his councilman, he
+was perhaps truthfully told that he was not to blame.
+He was sent from one member of the city government
+to the other, and unable to obtain relief, in sheer
+desperation, he gave up hope and abandoned his effort
+for justice. But under the commission form of government,
+none of the officials can shirk responsibility. Each
+is in charge of a department, and if there is inefficiency,
+it is easy to place the blame where it properly belongs.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Under such a system the administration of public
+affairs becomes at once, simple, direct and business-like.
+If any outside corrupt influences seek to creep in,
+they are easy of detection and the punishment can
+be made swift and certain.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I want to thank you again, Senator Selwyn,
+for the help you have been to me in giving me the
+benefit of your ripe experience in public affairs,&#8221;
+said Dru, &#8220;and there is another phase of the
+subject that I would like to discuss with you. I have
+thought long and seriously how to overcome the fixing
+of prices by individuals and corporations, and how
+the people may be protected from that form of robbery.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When there is a monopoly or trust, it is easy
+to locate the offense, but it is a different proposition
+when one must needs deal with a large number of corporations
+and individuals, who, under the guise of competition,
+have an understanding, both as to prices and territory
+to be served.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;For instance, the coal dealers, at the beginning
+of winter, announce a fixed price for coal. If there
+are fifty of them and all are approached, not one
+of them will vary his quotation from the other forty-nine.
+ If he should do so, the coal operators would be informed
+and the offending dealer would find, by some pretext
+or another, his supply cut off.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We see the same condition regarding large supply
+and manufacturing concerns which cover the country
+with their very essential products. A keen rivalry
+is apparent, and competitive bids in sealed envelopes
+are made when requested, but as a matter of fact,
+we know that there is no competition. Can you give
+me any information upon this matter?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There are many and devious ways by which the
+law can be evaded and by which the despoliation of
+the public may be accomplished,&#8221; said Selwyn.
+&#8220;The representatives of those large business
+concerns meet and a map of the United States is spread
+out before them. This map is regarded by them very
+much as if it were a huge pie that is to be divided
+according to the capacity of each to absorb and digest
+his share. The territory is not squared off, that
+is, taking in whole sections of contiguous country,
+but in a much more subtle way, so that the delusion
+of competition may be undisturbed. When several of
+these concerns are requested to make prices, they
+readily comply and seem eager for the order. The delusion
+extends even to their agents, who are as innocent as
+the would-be purchaser of the real conditions, and
+are doing their utmost to obtain the business. The
+concern in whose assigned territory the business originates,
+makes the price and informs its supposed rivals of
+its bid, so that they may each make one slightly higher.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Which goes to show,&#8221; said Dru, &#8220;how
+easy it is to exploit the public when there is harmony
+among the exploiters. There seems to me to be two
+evils involved in this problem, Senator Selwyn, one
+is the undue cost to the people, and the other, but
+lesser, evil, is the protection of incompetency.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is not the survival of the fittest, but
+an excess of profits, that enables the incompetent
+to live and thrive.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>After a long and exhaustive study of this problem,
+the Administrator directed his legal advisers to incorporate
+his views into law.</p>
+
+<p>No individual as such, was to be permitted to deal
+in what might be termed products of the natural resources
+of the country, unless he subjected himself to all
+the publicity and penalties that would accrue to a
+corporation, under the new corporate regulations.</p>
+
+<p>Corporations, argued Dru, could be dealt with under
+the new laws in a way that, while fair to them, would
+protect the public. In the future, he reminded his
+commission, there would be upon the directorates a
+representative of either the National, State, or Municipal
+governments, and the books, and every transaction,
+would be open to the public. This would apply to both
+the owner of the raw material, be it mine, forest,
+or what not, as well as to the corporation or individual
+who distributed the marketable product.</p>
+
+<p>It was Dru&#8217;s idea that public opinion was to
+be invoked to aid in the task, and district attorneys
+and grand juries, throughout the country, were to
+be admonished to do their duty. If there was a fixity
+of prices in any commodity or product, or even approximately
+so, he declared, it would be prima facie evidence
+of a combination.</p>
+
+<p>In this way, the Administrator thought the evil of
+pools and trust agreements could be eradicated, and
+a healthful competition, content with reasonable profits,
+established. If a single corporation, by its extreme
+efficiency, or from unusual conditions, should constitute
+a monopoly so that there was practically no competition,
+then it would be necessary, he thought, for the Government
+to fix a price reasonable to all interests involved.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore it was not intended to put a limit on the
+size or the comprehensiveness of any corporation,
+further than that it should not stifle competition,
+except by greater efficiency in production and distribution.
+If this should happen, then the people and the Government
+would be protected by publicity, by their representative
+on the board of directors and by the fixing of prices,
+if necessary.</p>
+
+<p>It had been shown by the career of one of the greatest
+industrial combinations that the world has yet known,
+that there was a limit where size and inefficiency
+met. The only way that this corporation could maintain
+its lead was through the devious paths of relentless
+monopoly.</p>
+
+<p>Dru wanted America to contend for its share of the
+world&#8217;s trade, and to enable it to accomplish
+this, he favored giving business the widest latitude
+consistent with protection of the people.</p>
+
+<p>When he assumed control of the Government, one of
+the many absurdities of the American economic system
+was the practical inhibition of a merchant marine.
+While the country was second to none in the value and
+quantity of production, yet its laws were so framed
+that it was dependent upon other nations for its transportation
+by sea; and its carrying trade was in no way commensurate
+with the dignity of the coast line and with the power
+and wealth of the Nation.</p>
+
+<a name="XLV"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLV</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Burial Reform</h2>
+
+<p>At about this time the wife of one of the Cabinet
+officers died, and Administrator Dru attended the
+funeral. There was an unusually large gathering, but
+it was plain that most of those who came did so from
+morbid curiosity. The poignant grief of the bereaved
+husband and children wrung the heartstrings of their
+many sympathetic friends. The lowering of the coffin,
+the fall of the dirt upon its cover, and the sobs
+of those around the grave, was typical of such occasions.</p>
+
+<p>Dru was deeply impressed and shocked, and he thought
+to use his influence towards a reformation of such
+a cruel and unnecessary form of burial. When the opportunity
+presented itself, he directed attention to the objections
+to this method of disposing of the dead, and he suggested
+the formation in every community of societies whose
+purpose should be to use their influence towards making
+interments private, and towards the substitution of
+cremation for the unsanitary custom of burial in cemeteries.
+These societies were urged to point out the almost
+prohibitive expense the present method entailed upon
+the poor and those of moderate means. The buying of
+the lot and casket, the cost of the funeral itself,
+and the discarding of useful clothing in order to robe
+in black, were alike unnecessary. Some less dismal
+insignia of grief should be adopted, he said, that
+need not include the entire garb. Grief, he pointed
+out, and respect for the dead, were in no way better
+evidenced by such barbarous customs.</p>
+
+<p>Rumor had it that scandal&#8217;s cruel tongue was
+responsible for this good woman&#8217;s death. She
+was one of the many victims that go to unhappy graves
+in order that the monstrous appetite for gossip may
+be appeased. If there be punishment after death, surely,
+the creator and disseminator of scandal will come
+to know the anger and contempt of a righteous God.
+The good and the bad are all of a kind to them. Their
+putrid minds see something vile in every action, and
+they leave the drippings of their evil tongues wherever
+they go. Some scandalmongers are merely stupid and
+vulgar, while others have a biting wit that cause them
+to be feared and hated. Rumors they repeat as facts,
+and to speculations they add what corroborative evidence
+is needed. The dropping of the eyelids, the smirk
+that is so full of insinuation is used to advantage
+where it is more effective than the downright lie.
+The burglar and the highwayman go frankly abroad to
+gather in the substance of others, and they stand
+ready to forfeit both life and liberty while in pursuit
+of nefarious gain. Yet it is a noble profession compared
+with that of the scandalmonger, and the murderer himself
+is hardly a more objectionable member of society than
+the character assassin.</p>
+
+<a name="XLVI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLVI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Wise Disposition of a Fortune</h2>
+
+<p>In one of their confidential talks, Selwyn told Dru
+that he had a fortune in excess of two hundred million
+dollars, and that while it was his intention to amply
+provide for his immediate family, and for those of
+his friends who were in need, he desired to use the
+balance of his money in the best way he could devise
+to help his fellowmen.</p>
+
+<p>He could give for this purpose, he said, two hundred
+million dollars or more, for he did not want to provide
+for his children further than to ensure their entire
+comfort, and to permit them to live on a scale not
+measurably different from what they had been accustomed.</p>
+
+<p>He had never lived in the extravagant manner that
+was usual in men of his wealth, and his children had
+been taught to expect only a moderate fortune at his
+death. He was too wise a man not to know that one of
+the greatest burdens that wealth imposed, was the
+saving of one&#8217;s children from its contaminations.
+He taught his sons that they were seriously handicapped
+by their expectations of even moderate wealth, and
+that unless they were alert and vigilant and of good
+habits, the boy who was working his own way upward
+would soon outstrip them. They were taught that they
+themselves, were the natural objects of pity and parental
+concern, and not their seemingly less fortunate brothers.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look among those whose parents have wealth
+and have given of it lavishly to their children,&#8221;
+he said, &#8220;and count how few are valuable members
+of society or hold the respect of their fellows.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On the other hand, look at the successful in
+every vocation of life, and note how many have literally
+dug their way to success.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The more Dru saw of Selwyn, the better he liked him,
+and knowing the inner man, as he then did, the more
+did he marvel at his career. He and Selwyn talked
+long and earnestly over the proper disposition of his
+fortune. They both knew that it was hard to give wisely
+and without doing more harm than good. Even in providing
+for his friends, Selwyn was none too sure that he
+was conferring benefits upon them. Most of them were
+useful though struggling members of society, but should
+competency come to them, he wondered how many would
+continue as such. There was one, the learned head
+of a comparatively new educational institution, with
+great resources ultimately behind it. This man was
+building it on a sure and splendid foundation, in
+the hope that countless generations of youth would
+have cause to be grateful for the sagacious energy
+he was expending in their behalf.</p>
+
+<p>He had, Selwyn knew, the wanderlust to a large degree,
+and the millionaire wondered whether, when this useful
+educator&#8217;s slender income was augmented by the
+generous annuity he had planned to give him, he would
+continue his beneficent work or become a dweller in
+arabs&#8217; tents.</p>
+
+<p>In the plenitude of his wealth and generosity, he
+had another in mind to share his largess. He was the
+orphaned son of an old and valued friend. He had helped
+the lad over some rough places, but had been careful
+not to do enough to slacken the boy&#8217;s own endeavor.
+The young man had graduated from one of the best universities,
+and afterwards at a medical school that was worthy
+the name. He was, at the time Selwyn was planning
+the disposition of his wealth, about thirty years old,
+and was doing valuable laboratory work in one of the
+great research institutions. Gifted with superb health,
+and a keen analytical mind, he seemed to have it in
+him to go far in his profession, and perhaps be of
+untold benefit to mankind.</p>
+
+<p>But Selwyn had noticed an indolent streak in the young
+scientist, and he wondered whether here again he was
+doing the fair and right thing by placing it within
+his power to lead a life of comparative ease and uselessness.
+Consequently, Selwyn moved cautiously in the matter
+of the distribution of his great wealth, and invoked
+Dru&#8217;s aid. It was Dru&#8217;s supernormal intellect,
+tireless energy, and splendid constructive ability
+that appealed to him, and he not only admired the Administrator
+above all men, but he had come to love him as a son.
+Dru was the only person with whom Selwyn had ever
+been in touch whose advice he valued above his own
+judgment. Therefore when the young Administrator suggested
+a definite plan of scientific giving, Selwyn gave it
+respectful attention at first, and afterwards his
+enthusiastic approval.</p>
+
+<a name="XLVII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLVII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Wise Disposition of a Fortune, Continued</h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;If your fortune were mine, Senator Selwyn,&#8221;
+said Philip Dru, &#8220;I would devote it to the uplift
+of women. Their full rights will be accorded them
+in time, but their cause could be accelerated by you,
+and meanwhile untold misery and unhappiness averted.
+Man, who is so dependent upon woman, has largely failed
+in his duty to her, not alone as an individual but
+as a sex. Laws are enacted, unions formed, and what
+not done for man&#8217;s protection, but the working
+woman is generally ignored. With your money, and
+even more with your ability, you could change for
+the better the condition of girlhood and womanhood
+in every city and in every factory throughout the
+land. Largely because they are unorganized, women
+are overworked and underpaid to such an extent that
+other evils, which we deplore, follow as a natural
+sequence. By proper organization, by exciting public
+interest and enlisting the sympathy and active support
+of the humane element, which is to be found in every
+community you will be able to bring about better conditions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If I were you, I would start my crusade in
+New York and work out a model organization there,
+so that you could educate your coadjutors as to the
+best methods, and then send them elsewhere to inaugurate
+the movement. Moreover, I would not confine my energies
+entirely to America, but Europe and other parts of
+the world should share its benefits, for human misery
+knows no sheltering land.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In conjunction with this plan, I would carry
+along still another. Workingmen have their clubs,
+their societies and many places for social gathering,
+but the women in most cities have none. As you know,
+the great majority of working girls live in tenements,
+crowded with their families in a room or two, or they
+live in cheap and lonely boarding houses. They have
+no chance for recreation after working hours or on
+holidays, unless they go to places it would be better
+to keep away from. If men wish to visit them, it must
+needs be in their bedrooms, on the street, or in some
+questionable resort.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How am I to change this condition?&#8221; said
+Selwyn.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In many ways,&#8221; said Dru. &#8220;Have
+clubs for them, where they may sing, dance, read,
+exercise and have their friends visit them. Have good
+women in charge so that the influence will be of the
+best. Have occasional plays and entertainments for
+them, to which they may each invite a friend, and
+make such places pleasanter than others where they
+might go. And all the time protect them, and preferably
+in a way they are not conscious of. By careful attention
+to the reading matter, interesting stories should
+be selected each of which would bear its own moral.
+Quiet and informal talks by the matron and others
+at opportune times, would give them an insight into
+the pitfalls around them, and make it more difficult
+for the human vultures to accomplish their undoing.
+There is no greater stain upon our vaunted civilization,&#8221;
+ continued Dru, &#8220;than our failure to protect
+the weak, the unhappy and the abjectly poor of womankind.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Philosophers still treat of it in the abstract,
+moralists speak of it now and then in an academic
+way, but it is a subject generally shunned and thought
+hopelessly impossible.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is only here and there that a big noble-hearted
+woman can be found to approach it, and then a Hull
+House is started, and under its sheltering roof unreckoned
+numbers of innocent hearted girls are saved to bless,
+at a later day, its patron saint.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Start Hull Houses, Senator Selwyn, along with
+your other plan, for it is all of a kind, and works
+to the betterment of woman. The vicious, the evil
+minded and the mature sensualist, we will always have
+with us, but stretch out your mighty arm, buttressed
+as it is by fabulous wealth, and save from the lair
+of the libertines, the innocent, whose only crime is
+poverty and a hopeless despair.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In your propaganda for good,&#8221; continued
+Dru, &#8220;do not overlook the education of mothers
+to the importance of sex hygiene, so that they may
+impart to their daughters the truth, and not let them
+gather their knowledge from the streets.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You may go into this great work, Senator Selwyn,
+with the consciousness that you are reaching a condition
+fraught with more consequence to society than any
+other that confronts it, for its ramifications for
+evil are beyond belief of any but the sociologist
+who has gone to its foundations.&#8221;</p>
+
+<a name="XLVIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLVIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">An International Coalition</h2>
+
+<p>Busy as General Dru had been rehabilitating domestic
+affairs, he never for a moment neglected the foreign
+situation. He felt that it was almost providential
+that he was in a position to handle it unhampered,
+for at no time in our history were we in such peril
+of powerful foreign coalition. Immediately after receiving
+from Selwyn the information concerning the British-German
+alliance, he had begun to build, as it were, a fire
+behind the British Ministry, and the result was its
+overthrow. When the English nation began to realize
+that a tentative agreement was being arrived at between
+their country on the one hand, and Germany and Japan
+on the other, with America as its object of attack,
+there was a storm of indignation; and when the new
+Ministry was installed the diplomatic machinery was
+set to work to undo, as nearly as could be, what their
+predecessors had accomplished.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, Dru negotiated with them to the end
+that England and America were to join hands in a world
+wide policy of peace and commercial freedom. According
+to Dru&#8217;s plan, disarmaments were to be made
+to an appreciable degree, custom barriers were to be
+torn down, zones of influence clearly defined, and
+an era of friendly commercial rivalry established.</p>
+
+<p>It was agreed that America should approach Germany
+and Japan in furtherance of this plan, and when their
+consent was obtained, the rest would follow.</p>
+
+<p>Dru worked along these lines with both nations, using
+consummate tact and skill. Both Germany and Japan
+were offended at the English change of front, and
+were ready to listen to other proposals. To them, he
+opened up a wide vista of commercial and territorial
+expansion, or at least its equivalent. Germany was
+to have the freest commercial access to South America,
+and she was invited to develop those countries both
+with German colonists and German capital.</p>
+
+<p>There was to be no coercion of the governments, or
+political control in that territory, but on the other
+hand, the United States undertook that there should
+be no laws enacted by them to restrain trade, and that
+the rights of foreigners should have the fullest protection.
+Dru also undertook the responsibility of promising
+that there should be no favoritism shown by the South
+and Central American governments, but that native
+and alien should stand alike before the law so far
+as property rights were concerned.</p>
+
+<p>Germany was to have a freer hand in the countries
+lying southeast of her and in Asia Minor. It was not
+intended that she should absorb them or infringe upon
+the rights as nations, but her sphere of influence
+was to be extended over them much the same as ours
+was over South America.</p>
+
+<p>While England was not to be restricted in her trade
+relations with those countries, still she was neither
+to encourage emigration there nor induce capital to
+exploit their resources.</p>
+
+<p>Africa and her own colonies were to be her special
+fields of endeavor.</p>
+
+<p>In consideration of the United States lifting practically
+all custom barriers, and agreeing to keep out of the
+Eastern Hemisphere, upholding with her the peace and
+commercial freedom of the world, and of the United
+States recognizing the necessity of her supremacy on
+the seas, England, after having obtained the consent
+of Canada, agreed to relinquish her own sphere of
+political influence over the Dominion, and let her
+come under that of the United States. Canada was willing
+that this situation should be brought about, for her
+trade conditions had become interwoven with those
+of the United States, and the people of the two countries
+freely intermingled. Besides, since Dru had reconstructed
+the laws and constitution of the big republic, they
+were more in harmony with the Canadian institutions
+than before.</p>
+
+<p>Except that the United States were not to appoint
+a Governor General, the republic&#8217;s relations
+with Canada were to be much the same as those between
+herself and the Mother Country. The American flag,
+the American destiny and hers were to be interwoven
+through the coming ages.</p>
+
+<p>In relinquishing this most perfect jewel in her Imperial
+crown, England suffered no financial loss, for Canada
+had long ceased to be a source of revenue, and under
+the new order of things, the trade relations between
+the two would be increased rather than diminished.
+The only wrench was the parting with so splendid a
+province, throughout which, that noble insignia of
+British supremacy, the cross of St. George, would be
+forever furled.</p>
+
+<p>Administrator Dru&#8217;s negotiations with Japan
+were no less successful than those with England. He
+first established cordial relations with her by announcing
+the intention of the United States to give the Philippines
+their independence under the protection of Japan, reserving
+for America and the rest of the world the freest of
+trade relations with the Islands.</p>
+
+<p>Japan and China were to have all Eastern Asia as their
+sphere of influence, and if it pleased them to drive
+Russia back into Europe, no one would interfere.</p>
+
+<p>That great giant had not yet discarded the ways and
+habits of medievalism. Her people were not being educated,
+and she indicated no intention of preparing them for
+the responsibilities of self government, to which
+they were entitled. Sometimes in his day dreams, Dru
+thought of Russia in its vastness, of the ignorance
+and hopeless outlook of the people, and wondered when
+her deliverance would come. There was, he knew, great
+work for someone to do in that despotic land.</p>
+
+<p>Thus Dru had formulated and put in motion an international
+policy, which, if adhered to in good faith, would
+bring about the comity of nations, a lasting and beneficent
+peace, and the acceptance of the principle of the
+brotherhood of man.</p>
+
+<a name="XLIX"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter XLIX</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Uneven Odds</h2>
+
+<p>Gloria and Janet Selwyn saw much of one another in
+Washington, and Dru was with them both during those
+hours he felt necessary for recreation. Janet was
+ever bubbling over with fun and unrestrained humor,
+and was a constant delight to both Gloria and Dru.
+Somewhere deep in her soul there was a serious stratum,
+but it never came to the surface. Neither Gloria nor
+Dru knew what was passing in those turbulent depths,
+and neither knew the silent heartaches when she was
+alone and began to take an inventory of her innermost
+self. She had loved Dru from the moment she first
+saw him at her home in Philadelphia, but with that
+her prescience in such matters as only women have,
+she knew that nothing more than his friendship would
+ever be hers. She sometimes felt the bitterness of
+woman&#8217;s position in such situations. If Dru had
+loved her, he would have been free to pay her court,
+and to do those things which oftentimes awaken a kindred
+feeling in another. But she was helpless. An advancement
+from her would but lessen his regard, and make impossible
+that which she most desired. She often wondered what
+there was between Gloria and Dru. Was there an attachment,
+an understanding, or was it one of those platonic
+friendships created by common interests and a common
+purpose? She wished she knew. She was reasonably sure
+of Gloria. That she loved Dru seemed to admit of little
+doubt. But what of him? Did he love Gloria, or did
+his love encompass the earth, and was mankind ever
+to be his wife and mistress? She wished she knew. How
+imperturbable he was! Was he to live and die a fathomless
+mystery? If he could not be hers, her generous heart
+plead for Gloria. She and Gloria often talked of Dru.
+There was no fencing between these two. Open and enthusiastic
+admiration of Philip each expressed, but there were
+no confidences which revealed their hearts. Realizing
+that her love would never be reciprocated, Janet misled
+Philip as to her real feelings. One day when the three
+were together, she said, &#8220;Mr. Administrator,
+why don&#8217;t you marry? It would add enormously
+to your popularity and it would keep a lot of us girls
+from being old maids.&#8221; &#8220;How would it prevent
+your being an old maid, Janet?&#8221; said Dru. &#8220;Please
+explain.&#8221; &#8220;Why, there are a lot of us
+that hope to have you call some afternoon, and ask
+us to be Mrs. Dru, and it begins to look to me as
+if some of us would be disappointed.&#8221; Dru laughed
+and told her not to give up hope. And then he said
+more seriously--&#8220;Some day when my work here
+is done, I shall take your advice if I can find someone
+who will marry me.&#8221; &#8220;If you wait too long,
+Philip, you will be so old, no one will want you,&#8221;
+said Janet. &#8220;I have a feeling, Janet, that somewhere
+there is a woman who knows and will wait. If I am
+wrong, then the future holds for me many bitter and
+unhappy hours.&#8221; Dru said this with such deep
+feeling that both Gloria and Janet were surprised.
+And Janet wondered whether this was a message to some
+unknown woman, or was it meant for Gloria? She wished
+she knew.</p>
+
+<a name="L"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter L</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Broadening of the Monroe Doctrine</h2>
+
+<p>In spite of repeated warnings from the United States,
+Mexico and the Central American Republics had obstinately
+continued their old time habit of revolutions without
+just cause, with the result that they neither had
+stable governments within themselves, nor any hope
+of peace with each other. One revolution followed
+another in quick succession, until neither life nor
+property was safe. England, Germany and other nations
+who had citizens and investments there had long protested
+to the American Government, and Dru knew that one
+of the purposes of the proposed coalition against
+the United States had been the assumption of control
+themselves. Consequently, he took active and drastic
+steps to bring order out of chaos. He had threatened
+many times to police these countries, and he finally
+prepared to do so.</p>
+
+<p>Other affairs of the Dru administration were running
+smoothly. The Army was at a high standard of efficiency,
+and the country was fully ready for the step when
+Dru sent one hundred thousand men to the Rio Grande,
+and demanded that the American troops be permitted
+to cross over and subdue the revolutionists and marauding
+bandits.</p>
+
+<p>The answer was a coalition of all the opposing factions
+and the massing of a large army of defense. The Central
+American Republics also joined Mexico, and hurriedly
+sent troops north.</p>
+
+<p>General Dru took personal command of the American
+forces, crossed the Rio Grande at Laredo, and war
+was declared. There were a large number of Mexican
+soldiers at Monterey, but they fell back in order to
+get in touch with the main army below Saltillo.</p>
+
+<p>General Dru marched steadily on, but before he came
+to Saltillo, President Benevides, who commanded his
+own army, moved southward, in order to give the Central
+American troops time to reach him. This was accomplished
+about fifty miles north of the City of Mexico. The
+allies had one hundred thousand men, and the American
+force numbered sixty thousand, Dru having left forty
+thousand at Laredo, Monterey and Saltillo.</p>
+
+<p>The two armies confronted one another for five days,
+General Benevides waiting for the Americans to attack,
+while General Dru was merely resting his troops and
+preparing them for battle. In the meantime, he requested
+a conference with the Mexican Commander, and the two
+met with their staffs midway between the opposing
+armies.</p>
+
+<p>General Dru urged an immediate surrender, and fully
+explained his plans for occupation, so that it might
+be known that there was to be no oppression. He pointed
+out that it had become no longer possible for the
+United States to ignore the disorder that prevailed
+in Mexico and those countries south of it, for if
+the United States had not taken action, Europe would
+have done so. He expressed regret that a country so
+favored by God should be so abused by man, for with
+peace, order and a just administration of the government,
+Mexico and her sister republics, he felt sure, would
+take a high place in the esteem of the world. He also
+said that he had carefully investigated conditions,
+knew where the trouble lay, and felt sure that the
+mass of people would welcome a change from the unbearable
+existing conditions. The country was then, and had
+been for centuries, wrongfully governed by a bureaucracy,
+and he declared his belief that the Mexican people
+as a whole believed that the Americans would give
+them a greater measure of freedom and protection than
+they had ever known before.</p>
+
+<p>Dru further told General Benevides that his army represented
+about all there was of opposition to America&#8217;s
+offer of order and liberty, and he asked him to accept
+the inevitable, and not sacrifice the lives of the
+brave men in both commands.</p>
+
+<p>Benevides heard him with cold but polite silence.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You do not understand us, Senor Dru, nor that
+which we represent. We would rather die or be driven
+into exile than permit you to arrange our internal
+affairs as you suggest. There are a few families who
+have ruled Mexico since the first Spanish occupation,
+and we will not relinquish our hold until compelled
+to do so. At times a Juarez or a Diaz has attained
+to the Presidency, but we, the great families, have
+been the power behind each administration. The peons
+and canaille that you would educate and make our political
+equals, are now where they rightfully belong, and
+your endeavors in their behalf are misplaced and can
+have no result except disaster to them. Your great
+Lincoln emancipated many millions of blacks, and they
+were afterwards given the franchise and equal rights.
+But can they exercise that franchise, and have they
+equal rights? You know they have not. You have placed
+them in a worse position than they were before. You
+have opened a door of hope that the laws of nature
+forbid them to enter. So it would be here. Your theories
+and your high flown sentiment do you great credit,
+but, illustrious Senor, read the pages of your own
+history, and do not try to make the same mistake again.
+Many centuries ago the all knowing Christ advised
+the plucking of the mote from thine own eye before
+attempting to remove it from that of thy brother.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>To this Dru replied: &#8220;Your criticism of us is
+only partly just. We lifted the yoke from the black
+man&#8217;s neck, but we went too fast in our zeal
+for his welfare. However, we have taken him out of
+a boundless swamp where under the old conditions he
+must have wandered for all time without hope, and
+we have placed his feet upon firm ground, and are
+leading him with helping hands along the road of opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That, though, Mr. President, is only a part
+of our mission to you. Our citizens and those of other
+countries have placed in your Republic vast sums for
+its development, trusting to your treaty guarantees,
+and they feel much concern over their inability to
+operate their properties, not only to the advantage
+of your people, but to those to whom they belong.
+We of Western Europe and the United States have our
+own theories as to the functions of government, theories
+that perhaps you fail to appreciate, but we feel we
+must not only observe them ourselves, but try and
+persuade others to do likewise.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One of these ideas is the maintenance of order,
+so that when our hospitable neighbors visit us, they
+may feel as to their persons and property, as safe
+as if they were at home.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am afraid our views are wide apart,&#8221;
+concluded Dru, &#8220;and I say it with deep regret,
+for I wish we might arrive at an understanding without
+a clash at arms. I assure you that my visit to you
+is not selfish; it is not to acquire territory or
+for the aggrandizement of either myself or my country,
+but it is to do the work that we feel must be done,
+and which you refuse to do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Senor Dru,&#8221; answered Benevides, &#8220;it
+has been a pleasure to meet you and discuss the ethics
+of government, but even were I willing to listen to
+your proposals, my army and adherents would not, so
+there is nothing we can do except to finish our argument
+upon the field of battle.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The interview was therefore fruitless, but Dru felt
+that he had done his duty, and he prepared for the
+morrow&#8217;s conflict with a less heavy heart.</p>
+
+<a name="LI"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter LI</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Battle of La Tuna</h2>
+
+<p>In the numbers engaged, in the duration and in the
+loss of life, the battle of La Tuna was not important,
+but its effect upon Mexico and the Central American
+Republics was epoch making.</p>
+
+<p>The manner of attack was characteristic of Dru&#8217;s
+methods. His interview with General Benevides had
+ended at noon, and word soon ran through the camp
+that peace negotiations had failed with the result
+that the army was immediately on the alert and eager
+for action. Dru did not attempt to stop the rumor
+that the engagement would occur at dawn the next day.
+By dusk every man was in readiness, but they did not
+have to wait until morning, for as soon as supper
+was eaten, to the surprise of everyone, word came
+to make ready for action and march upon the enemy.
+Of Dru&#8217;s sixty thousand men, twenty thousand
+were cavalry, and these he sent to attack the Mexican
+rear. They were ordered to move quietly so as to get
+as near to the enemy as possible before being discovered.</p>
+
+<p>It was not long before the Mexican outposts heard
+the marching of men and the rumble of gun carriages.
+ This was reported to General Benevides and he rode
+rapidly to his front. A general engagement at nightfall
+was so unusual that he could not believe the movement
+meant anything more than General Dru&#8217;s intention
+to draw nearer, so that he could attack in the morning
+at closer range.</p>
+
+<p>It was a clear starlight night, and with the aid of
+his glasses he could see the dark line coming steadily
+on. He was almost in a state of panic when he realized
+that a general attack was intended. He rode back through
+his lines giving orders in an excited and irregular
+way. There was hurry and confusion everywhere, and
+he found it difficult to get his soldiers to understand
+that a battle was imminent. Those in front were looking
+with a feeling akin to awe at that solid dark line
+that was ever coming nearer. The Mexicans soon began
+to fire from behind the breastworks that had been
+hastily erected during the few days the armies had
+been facing one another, but the shots went wild, doing
+but slight damage in the American ranks. Then came
+the order from Dru to charge, and with it came the
+Yankee yell. It was indeed no battle at all. By the
+time the Americans reached the earthworks, the Mexicans
+were in flight, and when the cavalry began charging
+the rear, the rout was completed.</p>
+
+<p>In the battle of La Tuna, General Benevides proved
+himself worthy of his lineage. No general could have
+done more to rally his troops, or have been more indifferent
+to danger. He scorned to turn his back upon an enemy,
+and while trying to rally his scattered forces, he
+was captured, badly wounded.</p>
+
+<p>Every attention worthy his position was shown the
+wounded man. Proud and chivalrous as any of his race,
+he was deeply humiliated at the miserable failure
+that had been made to repell the invaders of his country,
+though keenly touched by the consideration and courtesy
+shown him by the American General.</p>
+
+<p>Dru made no spectacular entrance into the city, but
+remained outside and sent one of his staff with a
+sufficient force to maintain order. In an address
+announcing his intentions towards Mexico and her allies,
+Dru said--&#8220;It is not our purpose to annex your
+country or any part of it, nor shall we demand any
+indemnity as the result of victory further than the
+payment of the actual cost of the war and the maintenance
+of the American troops while order is being restored.
+But in the future, our flag is to be your flag, and
+you are to be directly under the protection of the
+United States. It is our purpose to give to your people
+the benefits of the most enlightened educational system,
+so that they may become fitted for the responsibilities
+of self-government. There will also be an equitable
+plan worked out by which the land now owned by a few
+will be owned by the many. In another generation, this
+beautiful land will be teeming with an educated, prosperous
+and contented people, who will regard the battlefield
+of La Tuna as the birthplace of their redemption.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Above all things, there shall not be thrust
+upon the Mexican people a carpet-bag government. Citizens
+of Mexico are to enforce the reconstructed constitution
+and laws, and maintain order with native troops, although
+under the protecting arm of the United States.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All custom duties are to be abolished excepting
+those uniform tariffs that the nations of the world
+have agreed upon for revenue purposes, and which in
+no way restrict the freedom of trade. It is our further
+purpose to have a constitution prepared under the
+direction and advice of your most patriotic and wisest
+men, and which, while modern to the last degree, will
+conform to your habits and customs.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;However,&#8221; he said in conclusion, &#8220;it
+is our purpose to take the most drastic measures against
+revolutionists, bandits and other disturbers of the
+peace.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>While Dru did not then indicate it, he had in mind
+the amalgamation of Mexico and the Central American
+Republics into one government, even though separate
+states were maintained.</p>
+
+<a name="LII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter LII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Unity of the Northern Half of the Western Hemisphere Under the New Republic</h2>
+
+<p>Seven years had passed since Philip Dru had assumed
+the administration of the Republic. Seven years of
+serious work and heavy responsibility. His tenure
+of power was about to close, to close amidst the plaudits
+of a triumphant democracy. A Congress and a President
+had just been elected, and they were soon to assume
+the functions of government. For four years the States
+had been running along smoothly and happily under
+their new constitutions and laws. The courts as modified
+and adjusted were meeting every expectation, and had
+justified the change. The revenues, under the new
+system of taxation, were ample, the taxes were not
+oppressive, and the people had quickly learned the
+value of knowing how much and for what they were paying.
+This, perhaps, more than any other thing, had awakened
+their interest in public affairs.</p>
+
+<p>The governments, both state and national, were being
+administered by able, well-paid men who were spurred
+by the sense of responsibility, and by the knowledge
+that their constituents were alert and keenly interested
+in the result of their endeavors.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the recommendations of the many commissions
+had been modified and others adjusted to suit local
+conditions, but as a whole there was a general uniformity
+of statutes throughout the Union, and there was no
+conflict of laws between the states and the general
+government.</p>
+
+<p>By negotiations, by purchase and by allowing other
+powers ample coaling stations along the Atlantic and
+Pacific coasts, the Bahamas, Bermuda and the British,
+French and Danish West Indies were under American
+protection, and &#8220;Old Glory&#8221; was the undisputed
+emblem of authority in the northern half of the Western
+Hemisphere.</p>
+
+<p>Foreign and domestic affairs were in so satisfactory
+a condition that the army had been reduced to two
+hundred thousand men, and these were broadly scattered
+from the Arctic Sea to the Canal at Panama. Since
+the flag was so widely flung, that number was fixed
+as the minimum to be maintained. In reducing the army,
+Dru had shown his confidence in the loyalty of the
+people to him and their satisfaction with the government
+given them.</p>
+
+<p>Quickened by non-restrictive laws, the Merchant Marine
+of the United States had increased by leaps and bounds,
+until its tonnage was sufficient for its own carrying
+trade and a part of that of other countries.</p>
+
+<p>The American Navy at the close of Philip Dru&#8217;s
+wise administration was second only to that of England,
+and together the two great English speaking nations
+held in their keeping the peace and commercial freedom
+of the Seven Seas.</p>
+
+<a name="LIII"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Chapter LIII</h1>
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Effacement of Philip Dru</h2>
+
+<p>In the years since he had graduated from West Point
+General Dru had learned to speak German, French and
+Spanish fluently, and he was learning with Gloria
+the language of the Slavs at odd moments during the
+closing months of his administration. Gloria wondered
+why he was so intent upon learning this language,
+and why he wanted her also to know it, but she no
+longer questioned him, for experience had taught her
+that he would tell her when he was ready for her to
+know.</p>
+
+<p>His labors were materially lightened in these closing
+months, and as the time for his retirement drew near,
+he saw more and more of Gloria. Discarding the conventions,
+they took long rides together, and more frequently
+they took a few camp utensils, and cooked their mid-day
+meal in the woods. How glad Gloria was to see the
+pleasure these excursions gave him! No man of his
+age, perhaps of any age, she thought, had ever been
+under the strain of so heavy a responsibility, or had
+acquitted himself so well. She, who knew him best,
+had never seen him shirk his duty, nor try to lay
+his own responsibilities upon another&#8217;s shoulders.
+In the hours of peril to himself and to his cause he
+had never faltered. When there was a miscarriage of
+his orders or his plans, no word of blame came from
+him if the effort was loyal and the unhappy agent had
+given all of his energy and ability.</p>
+
+<p>He had met every situation with the fortitude that
+knows no fear, and with a wisdom that would cause
+him to be remembered as long as history lasts.</p>
+
+<p>And now his life&#8217;s work was done. How happy
+she was! If he did not love her, she knew he loved
+no one else, for never had she known him to be more
+than politely pleasant to other women.</p>
+
+<p>One golden autumn day, they motored far into the hills
+to the west of Washington. They camped upon a mighty
+cliff towering high above the Potomac. What pleasure
+they had preparing their simple meal! It was hard
+for Gloria to realize that this lighthearted boy was
+the serious statesman and soldier of yesterday. When
+they had finished they sat in the warm sunshine on
+the cliff&#8217;s edge. The gleaming river followed
+its devious course far below them, parting the wooded
+hills in the distance. The evening of the year had
+come, and forest and field had been touched by the
+Master&#8217;s hand. For a long time they sat silent
+under the spell that nature had thrown around them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I find it essential for the country&#8217;s
+good to leave it for awhile, perhaps forever,&#8221;
+said Philip Dru. &#8220;Already a large majority of
+the newly elected House have asked me to become the
+Executive. If I accepted, there would be those who
+would believe that in a little while, I would again
+assume autocratic control. I would be a constant menace
+to my country if I remained within it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have given to the people the best service
+of which I was capable, and they know and appreciate
+it. Now I can serve them again by freeing them from
+the shadow of my presence and my name. I shall go to
+some obscure portion of the world where I cannot be
+found and importuned to return.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There is at San Francisco a queenly sailing
+craft, manned and provisioned for a long voyage. She
+is waiting to carry me to the world&#8217;s end if
+needs be.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Then Philip took Gloria&#8217;s unresisting hand,
+and said, &#8220;My beloved, will you come with me
+in my exile? I have loved you since the day that you
+came into my life, and you can never know how I have
+longed for the hour to come when I would be able to
+tell you so. Come with me, dear heart, into this unknown
+land and make it glad for me. Come because I am drunken
+with love of you and cannot go alone. Come so that
+the days may be flooded with joy and at night the
+stars may sing to me because you are there. Come,
+sweet Gloria, come with me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Happy Gloria! Happy Philip! She did not answer him.
+What need was there? How long they sat neither knew,
+but the sun was far in the west and was sending its
+crimson tide over an enchanted land when the lovers
+came back to earth.</p>
+
+<hr width="75%" size="1">
+
+<p>Far out upon the waters of San Francisco Bay lay the
+graceful yet sturdy <i>Eaglet</i>. The wind had
+freshened, the sails were filled, and she was going
+swift as a gull through the Golden Gate into a shimmering
+sea.</p>
+
+<p>A multitude of friends, and those that wished them
+well, had gathered on the water front and upon the
+surrounding hills to bid farewell to Philip Dru and
+his bride Gloria.</p>
+
+<p>They watched in silent sadness as long as they could
+see the ship&#8217;s silhouette against the western
+sky, and until it faded into the splendid waste of
+the Pacific.</p>
+
+<p>Where were they bound? Would they return? These were
+the questions asked by all, but to which none could
+give answer.</p>
+
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The End</h2>
+
+<hr width="75%" size="1">
+
+<a name="copartnership"></a>
+<h1 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">What Co-Partnership Can Do</h1>
+
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">By Earl Grey</h2>
+
+<p><i>(Governor-General of Canada,</i> 1904-11.)</p>
+
+<p><i>One of the ablest champions of Co-partnership
+as a solution of the industrial problem is Earl Grey.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Below are some remarkable passages from his presidential
+address to the Labor Co-partnership Association.</i></p>
+
+<p>The problem before us is how to organize our industry
+on lines the fairness of which will be generally admitted.
+Fairplay is the keynote of our British character,
+and I am satisfied, if employers and employed are
+properly approached, that wherever a feeling of mutual
+sympathetic regard exists between them they will both
+be prepared to consider fairly and to meet fully each
+other&#8217;s requirements. This is the belief on
+which we build our hopes of the future greatness of
+this country. Remove this belief and the outlook is
+one of blackest gloom.</p>
+
+<p>Now what is the cause of the wide feeling of labor
+unrest? At the same time, while the average standard
+of living, as a result of better education, has been
+considerably raised and the retail prices of food
+have risen 9.3 per cent. since 1900, wages in that
+period have only risen 3 per cent. Consequently the
+manual workers find themselves in straitened, pinched,
+and most distressing circumstances. Their difficulties
+have naturally given birth to a general belief, or
+at any rate added strength to it, that they are not
+receiving their fair share of the wealth their labor
+has helped so largely to create. Now, whether this
+belief is justified or not, there can be no doubt of
+its existence.</p>
+
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Labor and Capital in Opposing Camps.</h2>
+
+<p>The great fact with which we are confronted in the
+industries of to-day is that labor and capital are
+organized not in one but in opposing camps, with the
+object not so much of promoting the common well-being
+of all connected with industry as of securing whatever
+advantage can be obtained in the prosecution of their
+common industry for themselves. The members of each
+camp consequently regard each other with distrust and
+suspicion. The capitalist is inclined to give the minimum
+that is necessary to secure the labor which he requires,
+and the worker in return considers that all that should
+be required from him is the minimum of labor which
+will save him from dismissal.</p>
+
+<p>Then not only have we to consider the limiting effect
+on the efficiency of industry caused by the fact that
+capital and labor are ranged not in one but in opposing
+camps, but we have also to consider the effect on
+the attitude of the men towards the management caused
+by the growing tendency of the small business to be
+swallowed up by the large combine. In such cases the
+old feeling of mutual affection, confidence, and esteem,
+which in the past bound together employer and employed,
+has been destroyed, and it must be obvious that unless
+we can adopt methods which will restore in a new,
+and perhaps in a more satisfactory manner, the old
+spirit the efficiency of industry and the prosperity
+of the nation will both suffer.</p>
+
+<p>If you alter one part of any bit of machinery you
+must readjust all the other parts in order to secure
+smooth working, and if by substituting big businesses
+for small businesses you destroy the old intimate
+connection which formerly existed between masters and
+men, it would appear to be necessary, if you wish
+to maintain the old friendly relations between employer
+and employed, that you should establish your business
+on lines which will automatically create a feeling
+of loyalty on the part of all concerned to the industry
+with which they are connected.</p>
+
+<p>How is that to be done? By co-partnership.</p>
+
+<p>Now, what is the ideal of co-partnership?</p>
+
+<p>Ideal co-partnership is a system under which worker
+and consumer shall share with capitalists in the profits
+of industry.</p>
+
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">The Surplus Profits Go to Capital.</h2>
+
+<p>Under our present system the whole of the surplus
+profits go to capital, and it is the object of capital
+to give the worker the least wage for which he will
+consent to work, and to charge the consumer the highest
+price which he can be persuaded to give; conversely
+it is the object of labor to give as little as possible
+for the wage received.</p>
+
+<p>Now, that is a system which cannot possibly satisfy
+the requirements of a civilized and well-organized
+society. What we want is a system which will safeguard
+the consumer, and also provide the worker with a natural,
+self-compelling inducement to help the industry with
+which he is connected. That system is provided by
+co-partnership. Co-partnership insists that the workers
+have a right to participate in the net profits that
+may remain after capital has received its fixed reward.
+In a co-partnership business, just as the reward
+of labor is fixed by the trade union rate of wages,
+so the reward of capital is fixed by the amount which
+it is necessary for the industry to give. That amount
+will vary corresponding with the security of the risk
+attending the industry in question. If the industry
+is a safe one, it will be able to obtain the capital
+required by giving a small interest; if the industry
+is a risky one, it will be necessary to offer capital
+better terms.</p>
+
+<p>Then, if there should be surplus profits available
+for division after labor has received its fixed reward--viz.,
+trade union rate of wages--and after capital has
+received its fixed reward--viz., the rate of interest
+agreed upon as the fair remuneration of capital; I
+say if, after these two initial charges have been
+met, there should still be left surplus profits to
+distribute, that instead of their going exclusively
+to capital they should be distributed between labor
+and capital on some principle of equity.</p>
+
+<p>The way in which the principle of co-partnership can
+be supplied to industrial enterprise admits of infinite
+variety. In some cases the surplus profits are divided
+between wages, interest, and custom, in some cases
+between wages and custom without any share going to
+interest, and on some cases between wages and interest.</p>
+
+<p>As an example of a co-partnership industry which divides
+all surplus profits that may remain after 5 per cent.
+has been paid on capital between custom and labor,
+one pound of purchase counting for as much in the
+division as one pound of wage, let me refer to the
+well-known Hebden Bridge Fustian Works. I commend
+to all interested in co-partnership questions a close
+study of this industry. Started by working men in
+1870, it has built up on lines of permanent success
+a flourishing business, and is making sufficient profits
+to enable it to divide 9d. in the pound on trade union
+rate of wages and the same amount on purchases. The
+steady progress of this manufacturing industry over
+a period of forty-two years; the recognition by trade
+unionist management of the right of capital to receive
+an annual dividend of 5 per cent., and the resolute
+way in which they have written down the capital of
+&#163;44,300 invested in land, buildings and machinery
+to &#163;14,800, notwithstanding that a less conservative
+policy would have increased the sum available for
+bonus to wages, all go to show how practicable are
+co-partnership principles when they are applied by
+all concerned to productive enterprise in the right
+spirit.</p>
+
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">A Brilliant Example.</h2>
+
+<p>I should also like to refer to Mr. Thompson&#8217;s
+woolen mills of Huddersfield, established in 1886,
+as another brilliant example of successful co-partnership.
+It is frequently stated that in an industry where
+men are paid by piecework or share in the profits there
+is a tendency for the men to over-exert themselves.
+Well, in the Thompson Huddersfield mills there is
+no piecework, no overtime, only the weekly wage; no
+driving is allowed. The hours of labor are limited
+to forty-eight per week. The workers are given a
+whole week&#8217;s holiday in August, and in addition
+they enjoy the benefits of a non-contributory sick
+and accident fund, and of a 24s. per week pension
+fund. In these mills cloth is made from wool and wool
+only, not an ounce of shoddy. Here again the surplus
+profits, after the fixed reward of capital--viz., interest
+at the rate of 5 per cent. per annum--has been paid,
+are divided between labor and custom; and here again
+the capital sunk in the mills has been written down
+from &#163;8,655 to &#163;1,680. Unprofitable machinery is scrap-heaped.
+The mill has only the best, most up-to-date machinery,
+and all connected with the works, shareholders and
+workers, live together like a happy family.</p>
+
+<p>As an illustration of a co-partnership industry which
+divides its surplus profits between wages, interest,
+and custom, I might point to the gas companies which
+are being administered on the Livesey principle, which
+is now so well known. Since co-partnership principles
+were applied to the South Metropolitan Gas Works in
+1899 over &#163;500,000 has been paid, as their share of
+the profits, to the credit of the workers, who also
+own over &#163;400,000 of the company&#8217;s stock. The
+fact that over &#163;50,000,000 of capital is invested
+in gas companies administered on co-partnership principles,
+which divide surplus profits between consumers, shareholders,
+and wage-earners, encourages us to hope that we may
+look forward with confidence to the adoption of co-partnership
+principles by other industries.</p>
+
+<p>As an illustration of a co-partnership industry which
+divides its surplus profits between labor and capital
+alone, let me refer to the Walsall Padlock Society,
+one of the 114 workmen productive societies which
+may be regarded as so many different schools of co-partnership
+under exclusive trade unionist management. In this
+society the rate of interest on share capital has
+been fixed at 7-1/2 per cent., and should there be
+any surplus profit after trade union rate of wages
+and the fixed reward of capital, 7-1/2 per cent.,
+have been paid, it is divided between labor and capital
+in proportion to the value of their respective services,
+and the measure of the value is the price the Walsall
+Padlock Society pays for the use of capital and labor
+respectively. &#163;1 of interest counts for as much in
+the division of the profits as &#163;1 of wage, and vice
+versa. This principle of division, invented by the
+Frenchman Godin, of Guise, has always seemed to me
+to be absolutely fair and to be capable of being easily
+applied to many industries.</p>
+
+<p>Now in these cases I have quoted, and I could refer
+to many others, a unity of interest is established
+between labor and capital, with the result that there
+is a general atmosphere of peace and of mutual brotherhood
+and goodwill.</p>
+
+<p>Capital receives the advantage of greater security.
+Labor is secured the highest rate of wage the industry
+can afford.</p>
+
+<h2 align="center" style="margin-top: 2em;font-variant: small-caps">Willing and Unwilling Service.</h2>
+
+<p>Now, what does the substitution of such conditions
+for the conditions generally prevailing to-day in
+England mean for our country? Who shall estimate the
+difference between the value of willing and unwilling
+service? The Board of Trade will tell you that a man
+paid by piecework is generally from 30 to 50 per cent.
+more effective than a man paid by time.</p>
+
+<p>If the co-partnership principle, which is better than
+piecework, because it tends to produce identity of
+interest between capital and labor were to increase
+the efficiency of time-paid workers from 30 to 50 per
+cent., just think of the result; and yet the fact
+that co-partnership might add from 30 to 50 per cent.
+to the efficiency of the worker is urged by many trade
+unionists as a reason against co-partnership. They
+seem to fear that the result of making men co-partners
+will be to cause them to give 25 per cent. better
+labor and to receive only 50 per cent. more wage. No
+system can be right which is based on the assumption
+that self-interest calls for a man to give his worst
+instead of his best. When I compare Canada with England
+I am struck by the fact, that, whereas Canada&#8217;s
+greatest undeveloped asset is her natural resources,
+England&#8217;s greatest undeveloped asset is man
+himself. How to get each man to do his best is the
+problem before England to-day. It is because co-partnership
+harnesses to industry not only the muscle but the heart
+and the intelligence of the worker that we are justified
+in regarding it with reverence and enthusiasm as the
+principle of the future.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: smaller;">[Transcriber's Note:</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: smaller;">The following have been identified as possible typographical errors in
+the original:</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: smaller;">hands over the to-morrow<br>
+infringe upon the rights as nations<br>
+but with that her prescience<br>
+plead for Gloria]</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Philip Dru: Administrator, by Edward Mandell House
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHILIP DRU: ADMINISTRATOR ***
+
+***** This file should be named 6711-h.htm or 6711-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/6/7/1/6711/
+
+Produced by Curtis A. Weyant, David Maddock, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
+specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
+eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
+away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
+not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
+trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country outside the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+ This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+ most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+ restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+ under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+ eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+ United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
+ are located before using this ebook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+ to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+ agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+ Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+ within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+ legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+ payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+ Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+ Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+ Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+ copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+ all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+ works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+ any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+ receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
+Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
+mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
+volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
+locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
+Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
+date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
+official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</BODY>
+</HTML>